* configure.ac (mips*-*-bsd*, mips*-*-ultrix*, mips*-*-osf*)
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / doc / as.texinfo
CommitLineData
252b5132 1\input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*-
b40bf0a2 2@c Copyright 1991-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132
RH
3@c UPDATE!! On future updates--
4@c (1) check for new machine-dep cmdline options in
5@c md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c
6@c (2) for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op
7@c in config/tc-*.c
8@c (3) for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op
01642c12 9@c in config/obj-*.c
252b5132
RH
10@c (4) portable directives in potable[] in read.c
11@c %**start of header
12@setfilename as.info
13@c ---config---
a4fb0134
SC
14@macro gcctabopt{body}
15@code{\body\}
16@end macro
252b5132
RH
17@c defaults, config file may override:
18@set have-stabs
19@c ---
4a4c4a1d
MR
20@c man begin NAME
21@c ---
252b5132 22@include asconfig.texi
c428fa83 23@include bfdver.texi
252b5132 24@c ---
0285c67d 25@c man end
4a4c4a1d 26@c ---
252b5132 27@c common OR combinations of conditions
c1253627
NC
28@ifset COFF
29@set COFF-ELF
30@end ifset
31@ifset ELF
32@set COFF-ELF
33@end ifset
252b5132
RH
34@ifset AOUT
35@set aout-bout
36@end ifset
37@ifset ARM/Thumb
38@set ARM
39@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
40@ifset Blackfin
41@set Blackfin
42@end ifset
252b5132
RH
43@ifset BOUT
44@set aout-bout
45@end ifset
46@ifset H8/300
47@set H8
48@end ifset
252b5132
RH
49@ifset SH
50@set H8
51@end ifset
52@ifset HPPA
53@set abnormal-separator
54@end ifset
55@c ------------
56@ifset GENERIC
57@settitle Using @value{AS}
58@end ifset
59@ifclear GENERIC
60@settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET})
61@end ifclear
62@setchapternewpage odd
63@c %**end of header
64
65@c @smallbook
66@c @set SMALL
67@c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine
68@c instructions. Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly.
69@c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so
70@c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections.
01642c12 71@c
252b5132
RH
72@c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables,
73@c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on.
74@c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page
75@c break.
01642c12 76@c
252b5132
RH
77@c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook,
78@c not well for the default large-page format. This manual expects that if you
79@c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the
80@c tables in question. You can turn on one without the other at your
01642c12 81@c discretion, of course.
252b5132
RH
82@ifinfo
83@set SMALL
84@c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook,
85@c might as well show 'em anyways.
86@end ifinfo
87
9160ea82
AM
88@ifnottex
89@dircategory Software development
90@direntry
252b5132 91* As: (as). The GNU assembler.
59455fb1 92* Gas: (as). The GNU assembler.
9160ea82
AM
93@end direntry
94@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
95
96@finalout
97@syncodeindex ky cp
98
0e9517a9 99@copying
252b5132
RH
100This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
101
0285c67d 102@c man begin COPYRIGHT
b40bf0a2 103Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 104
0285c67d 105Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 106under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
0285c67d
NC
107or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
108with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
109Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 110section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
0285c67d
NC
111
112@c man end
0e9517a9 113@end copying
252b5132
RH
114
115@titlepage
116@title Using @value{AS}
117@subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler
118@ifclear GENERIC
119@subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family
120@end ifclear
e49e529d
JM
121@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
122@sp 1
123@subtitle @value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
124@end ifset
252b5132
RH
125@sp 1
126@subtitle Version @value{VERSION}
127@sp 1
128@sp 13
b45619c0 129The Free Software Foundation Inc.@: thanks The Nice Computer
252b5132 130Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
a4fb0134 131first (Vax) version of @command{as} for Project @sc{gnu}.
252b5132
RH
132The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
133distracting the boss while they got some work
134done.
135@sp 3
136@author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
137@page
138@tex
139{\parskip=0pt
140\hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par
141\hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par
142}
143%"boxit" macro for figures:
144%Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
145\gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
146 \vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
147#2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
148\gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
149@end tex
150
151@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
b40bf0a2 152Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 153
cf055d54 154 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 155 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
cf055d54
NC
156 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
157 with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
158 Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 159 section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
252b5132 160
252b5132 161@end titlepage
4ecceb71 162@contents
252b5132 163
2e64b665 164@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
165@node Top
166@top Using @value{AS}
167
e49e529d
JM
168This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}
169@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
170@value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
171@end ifset
172version @value{VERSION}.
252b5132 173@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 174This version of the file describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
175code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
176@end ifclear
cf055d54
NC
177
178This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
179Documentation License. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 180section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
cf055d54 181
252b5132
RH
182@menu
183* Overview:: Overview
184* Invoking:: Command-Line Options
185* Syntax:: Syntax
186* Sections:: Sections and Relocation
187* Symbols:: Symbols
188* Expressions:: Expressions
189* Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives
3a99f02f
DJ
190@ifset ELF
191* Object Attributes:: Object Attributes
192@end ifset
252b5132
RH
193* Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features
194* Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
195* Acknowledgements:: Who Did What
cf055d54 196* GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License
28c9d252 197* AS Index:: AS Index
252b5132 198@end menu
2e64b665 199@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
200
201@node Overview
202@chapter Overview
203@iftex
a4fb0134 204This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 205@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 206This version of the manual describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
207code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
208@end ifclear
209@end iftex
210
211@cindex invocation summary
212@cindex option summary
213@cindex summary of options
a4fb0134 214Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. For details,
96e9638b 215see @ref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}.
252b5132 216
0285c67d
NC
217@c man title AS the portable GNU assembler.
218
a4fb0134 219@ignore
0285c67d
NC
220@c man begin SEEALSO
221gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}.
222@c man end
a4fb0134 223@end ignore
0285c67d 224
252b5132
RH
225@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
226@c to be limited to one line for the header.
227@smallexample
0285c67d 228@c man begin SYNOPSIS
83f10cb2 229@value{AS} [@b{-a}[@b{cdghlns}][=@var{file}]] [@b{--alternate}] [@b{-D}]
955974c6 230 [@b{--compress-debug-sections}] [@b{--nocompress-debug-sections}]
3d6b762c 231 [@b{--debug-prefix-map} @var{old}=@var{new}]
4bdd3565 232 [@b{--defsym} @var{sym}=@var{val}] [@b{-f}] [@b{-g}] [@b{--gstabs}]
b40bf0a2
NC
233 [@b{--gstabs+}] [@b{--gdwarf-2}] [@b{--gdwarf-sections}]
234 [@b{--help}] [@b{-I} @var{dir}] [@b{-J}]
4bdd3565
NC
235 [@b{-K}] [@b{-L}] [@b{--listing-lhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
236 [@b{--listing-lhs-width2}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-rhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
237 [@b{--listing-cont-lines}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--keep-locals}] [@b{-o}
238 @var{objfile}] [@b{-R}] [@b{--reduce-memory-overheads}] [@b{--statistics}]
239 [@b{-v}] [@b{-version}] [@b{--version}] [@b{-W}] [@b{--warn}]
a0b7da79 240 [@b{--fatal-warnings}] [@b{-w}] [@b{-x}] [@b{-Z}] [@b{@@@var{FILE}}]
21be61f5 241 [@b{--size-check=[error|warning]}]
a0b7da79
MM
242 [@b{--target-help}] [@var{target-options}]
243 [@b{--}|@var{files} @dots{}]
a4fb0134
SC
244@c
245@c Target dependent options are listed below. Keep the list sorted.
01642c12 246@c Add an empty line for separation.
a06ea964
NC
247@ifset AARCH64
248
249@emph{Target AArch64 options:}
250 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
251@end ifset
625e1353
RH
252@ifset ALPHA
253
254@emph{Target Alpha options:}
255 [@b{-m@var{cpu}}]
256 [@b{-mdebug} | @b{-no-mdebug}]
198f1251 257 [@b{-replace} | @b{-noreplace}]
625e1353
RH
258 [@b{-relax}] [@b{-g}] [@b{-G@var{size}}]
259 [@b{-F}] [@b{-32addr}]
260@end ifset
252b5132 261@ifset ARC
a4fb0134
SC
262
263@emph{Target ARC options:}
264 [@b{-marc[5|6|7|8]}]
265 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
252b5132
RH
266@end ifset
267@ifset ARM
a4fb0134
SC
268
269@emph{Target ARM options:}
03b1477f 270@c Don't document the deprecated options
92081f48
HPN
271 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
272 [@b{-march}=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
33a392fb
PB
273 [@b{-mfpu}=@var{floating-point-format}]
274 [@b{-mfloat-abi}=@var{abi}]
d507cf36 275 [@b{-meabi}=@var{ver}]
03b1477f 276 [@b{-mthumb}]
a4fb0134
SC
277 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
278 [@b{-mapcs-32}|@b{-mapcs-26}|@b{-mapcs-float}|
279 @b{-mapcs-reentrant}]
7f266840 280 [@b{-mthumb-interwork}] [@b{-k}]
252b5132 281@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
282@ifset Blackfin
283
284@emph{Target Blackfin options:}
285 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[-@var{sirevision}]]
286 [@b{-mfdpic}]
287 [@b{-mno-fdpic}]
288 [@b{-mnopic}]
289@end ifset
328eb32e
HPN
290@ifset CRIS
291
292@emph{Target CRIS options:}
293 [@b{--underscore} | @b{--no-underscore}]
294 [@b{--pic}] [@b{-N}]
295 [@b{--emulation=criself} | @b{--emulation=crisaout}]
ae57792d 296 [@b{--march=v0_v10} | @b{--march=v10} | @b{--march=v32} | @b{--march=common_v10_v32}]
328eb32e
HPN
297@c Deprecated -- deliberately not documented.
298@c [@b{-h}] [@b{-H}]
299@end ifset
252b5132 300@ifset D10V
a4fb0134
SC
301
302@emph{Target D10V options:}
303 [@b{-O}]
252b5132
RH
304@end ifset
305@ifset D30V
a4fb0134
SC
306
307@emph{Target D30V options:}
308 [@b{-O}|@b{-n}|@b{-N}]
252b5132 309@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
310@ifset EPIPHANY
311
312@emph{Target EPIPHANY options:}
313 [@b{-mepiphany}|@b{-mepiphany16}]
314@end ifset
252b5132 315@ifset H8
6fd4f6cc
DD
316
317@emph{Target H8/300 options:}
318 [-h-tick-hex]
252b5132
RH
319@end ifset
320@ifset HPPA
321@c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet).
322@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
323@ifset I80386
324
325@emph{Target i386 options:}
542385d9 326 [@b{--32}|@b{--x32}|@b{--64}] [@b{-n}]
1ef52f49 327 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}[+@var{EXTENSION}@dots{}]] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}]
252b5132
RH
328@end ifset
329@ifset I960
a4fb0134
SC
330
331@emph{Target i960 options:}
252b5132 332@c see md_parse_option in tc-i960.c
a4fb0134
SC
333 [@b{-ACA}|@b{-ACA_A}|@b{-ACB}|@b{-ACC}|@b{-AKA}|@b{-AKB}|
334 @b{-AKC}|@b{-AMC}]
335 [@b{-b}] [@b{-no-relax}]
252b5132 336@end ifset
587fe2b3 337@ifset IA64
a4fb0134 338
9e32ca89
NC
339@emph{Target IA-64 options:}
340 [@b{-mconstant-gp}|@b{-mauto-pic}]
341 [@b{-milp32}|@b{-milp64}|@b{-mlp64}|@b{-mp64}]
342 [@b{-mle}|@b{mbe}]
8c2fda1d 343 [@b{-mtune=itanium1}|@b{-mtune=itanium2}]
970d6792 344 [@b{-munwind-check=warning}|@b{-munwind-check=error}]
91d777ee 345 [@b{-mhint.b=ok}|@b{-mhint.b=warning}|@b{-mhint.b=error}]
9e32ca89
NC
346 [@b{-x}|@b{-xexplicit}] [@b{-xauto}] [@b{-xdebug}]
347@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
348@ifset IP2K
349
350@emph{Target IP2K options:}
351 [@b{-mip2022}|@b{-mip2022ext}]
352@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
353@ifset M32C
354
355@emph{Target M32C options:}
c54b5932 356 [@b{-m32c}|@b{-m16c}] [-relax] [-h-tick-hex]
49f58d10 357@end ifset
587fe2b3 358@ifset M32R
9e32ca89 359
a4fb0134
SC
360@emph{Target M32R options:}
361 [@b{--m32rx}|@b{--[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts}|
587fe2b3 362 @b{--W[n]p}]
ec694b89 363@end ifset
252b5132 364@ifset M680X0
a4fb0134
SC
365
366@emph{Target M680X0 options:}
367 [@b{-l}] [@b{-m68000}|@b{-m68010}|@b{-m68020}|@dots{}]
252b5132 368@end ifset
60bcf0fa 369@ifset M68HC11
a4fb0134
SC
370
371@emph{Target M68HC11 options:}
6927f982 372 [@b{-m68hc11}|@b{-m68hc12}|@b{-m68hcs12}|@b{-mm9s12x}|@b{-mm9s12xg}]
2f904664
SC
373 [@b{-mshort}|@b{-mlong}]
374 [@b{-mshort-double}|@b{-mlong-double}]
1370e33d 375 [@b{--force-long-branches}] [@b{--short-branches}]
a4fb0134
SC
376 [@b{--strict-direct-mode}] [@b{--print-insn-syntax}]
377 [@b{--print-opcodes}] [@b{--generate-example}]
378@end ifset
379@ifset MCORE
380
381@emph{Target MCORE options:}
382 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-sifilter}] [@b{-relax}]
383 [@b{-mcpu=[210|340]}]
60bcf0fa 384@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
385@ifset METAG
386
387@emph{Target Meta options:}
388 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mfpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mdsp=@var{cpu}}]
389@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
390@ifset MICROBLAZE
391@emph{Target MICROBLAZE options:}
392@c MicroBlaze has no machine-dependent assembler options.
393@end ifset
252b5132 394@ifset MIPS
a4fb0134
SC
395
396@emph{Target MIPS options:}
78849248 397 [@b{-nocpp}] [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}[@var{optimization level}]]
437ee9d5 398 [@b{-g}[@var{debug level}]] [@b{-G} @var{num}] [@b{-KPIC}] [@b{-call_shared}]
0c000745 399 [@b{-non_shared}] [@b{-xgot} [@b{-mvxworks-pic}]
437ee9d5
TS
400 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] [@b{-32}] [@b{-n32}] [@b{-64}] [@b{-mfp32}] [@b{-mgp32}]
401 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mips1}] [@b{-mips2}]
af7ee8bf 402 [@b{-mips3}] [@b{-mips4}] [@b{-mips5}] [@b{-mips32}] [@b{-mips32r2}]
5f74bc13 403 [@b{-mips64}] [@b{-mips64r2}]
437ee9d5
TS
404 [@b{-construct-floats}] [@b{-no-construct-floats}]
405 [@b{-trap}] [@b{-no-break}] [@b{-break}] [@b{-no-trap}]
437ee9d5 406 [@b{-mips16}] [@b{-no-mips16}]
df58fc94 407 [@b{-mmicromips}] [@b{-mno-micromips}]
e16bfa71 408 [@b{-msmartmips}] [@b{-mno-smartmips}]
1f25f5d3 409 [@b{-mips3d}] [@b{-no-mips3d}]
deec1734 410 [@b{-mdmx}] [@b{-no-mdmx}]
2ef2b9ae 411 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-mno-dsp}]
8b082fb1 412 [@b{-mdspr2}] [@b{-mno-dspr2}]
ef2e4d86 413 [@b{-mmt}] [@b{-mno-mt}]
dec0624d 414 [@b{-mmcu}] [@b{-mno-mcu}]
2babba43
MR
415 [@b{-mfix7000}] [@b{-mno-fix7000}]
416 [@b{-mfix-vr4120}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4120}]
417 [@b{-mfix-vr4130}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4130}]
ecb4347a 418 [@b{-mdebug}] [@b{-no-mdebug}]
dcd410fe 419 [@b{-mpdr}] [@b{-mno-pdr}]
3c3bdf30
NC
420@end ifset
421@ifset MMIX
a4fb0134
SC
422
423@emph{Target MMIX options:}
424 [@b{--fixed-special-register-names}] [@b{--globalize-symbols}]
425 [@b{--gnu-syntax}] [@b{--relax}] [@b{--no-predefined-symbols}]
426 [@b{--no-expand}] [@b{--no-merge-gregs}] [@b{-x}]
973eb340 427 [@b{--linker-allocated-gregs}]
a4fb0134 428@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
429@ifset NIOSII
430
431@emph{Target Nios II options:}
432 [@b{-relax-all}] [@b{-relax-section}] [@b{-no-relax}]
433 [@b{-EB}] [@b{-EL}]
434@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
435@ifset PDP11
436
437@emph{Target PDP11 options:}
438 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] [@b{-mall}] [@b{-mno-extensions}]
439 [@b{-m}@var{extension}|@b{-mno-}@var{extension}]
01642c12 440 [@b{-m}@var{cpu}] [@b{-m}@var{machine}]
a4fb0134
SC
441@end ifset
442@ifset PJ
443
444@emph{Target picoJava options:}
445 [@b{-mb}|@b{-me}]
446@end ifset
447@ifset PPC
448
449@emph{Target PowerPC options:}
b8b738ac
AM
450 [@b{-a32}|@b{-a64}]
451 [@b{-mpwrx}|@b{-mpwr2}|@b{-mpwr}|@b{-m601}|@b{-mppc}|@b{-mppc32}|@b{-m603}|@b{-m604}|@b{-m403}|@b{-m405}|
452 @b{-m440}|@b{-m464}|@b{-m476}|@b{-m7400}|@b{-m7410}|@b{-m7450}|@b{-m7455}|@b{-m750cl}|@b{-mppc64}|
aea77599 453 @b{-m620}|@b{-me500}|@b{-e500x2}|@b{-me500mc}|@b{-me500mc64}|@b{-me5500}|@b{-me6500}|@b{-mppc64bridge}|
b36546d2 454 @b{-mbooke}|@b{-mpower4}|@b{-mpwr4}|@b{-mpower5}|@b{-mpwr5}|@b{-mpwr5x}|@b{-mpower6}|@b{-mpwr6}|
5817ffd1
PB
455 @b{-mpower7}|@b{-mpwr7}|@b{-mpower8}|@b{-mpwr8}|@b{-ma2}|@b{-mcell}|@b{-mspe}|@b{-mtitan}|@b{-me300}|@b{-mcom}]
456 [@b{-many}] [@b{-maltivec}|@b{-mvsx}|@b{-mhtm}|@b{-mvle}]
a4fb0134 457 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
b8b738ac
AM
458 [@b{-mrelocatable}|@b{-mrelocatable-lib}|@b{-K PIC}] [@b{-memb}]
459 [@b{-mlittle}|@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-le}|@b{-mbig}|@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-be}]
a4fb0134 460 [@b{-msolaris}|@b{-mno-solaris}]
b8b738ac 461 [@b{-nops=@var{count}}]
a4fb0134 462@end ifset
c7927a3c
NC
463@ifset RX
464
465@emph{Target RX options:}
466 [@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
c7927a3c 467 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
708e2187
NC
468 [@b{-muse-conventional-section-names}]
469 [@b{-msmall-data-limit}]
470 [@b{-mpid}]
471 [@b{-mrelax}]
472 [@b{-mint-register=@var{number}}]
473 [@b{-mgcc-abi}|@b{-mrx-abi}]
c7927a3c 474@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
475@ifset S390
476
477@emph{Target s390 options:}
478 [@b{-m31}|@b{-m64}] [@b{-mesa}|@b{-mzarch}] [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}]
479 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
480 [@b{-mwarn-areg-zero}]
481@end ifset
c3b7224a
NC
482@ifset SCORE
483
484@emph{Target SCORE options:}
485 [@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}][@b{-FIXDD}][@b{-NWARN}]
486 [@b{-SCORE5}][@b{-SCORE5U}][@b{-SCORE7}][@b{-SCORE3}]
487 [@b{-march=score7}][@b{-march=score3}]
488 [@b{-USE_R1}][@b{-KPIC}][@b{-O0}][@b{-G} @var{num}][@b{-V}]
489@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
490@ifset SPARC
491
492@emph{Target SPARC options:}
493@c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi.
494 [@b{-Av6}|@b{-Av7}|@b{-Av8}|@b{-Asparclet}|@b{-Asparclite}
495 @b{-Av8plus}|@b{-Av8plusa}|@b{-Av9}|@b{-Av9a}]
496 [@b{-xarch=v8plus}|@b{-xarch=v8plusa}] [@b{-bump}]
497 [@b{-32}|@b{-64}]
498@end ifset
499@ifset TIC54X
500
501@emph{Target TIC54X options:}
01642c12 502 [@b{-mcpu=54[123589]}|@b{-mcpu=54[56]lp}] [@b{-mfar-mode}|@b{-mf}]
a4fb0134
SC
503 [@b{-merrors-to-file} @var{<filename>}|@b{-me} @var{<filename>}]
504@end ifset
3c9b82ba 505
40b36596
JM
506@ifset TIC6X
507
508@emph{Target TIC6X options:}
98d23bef
BS
509 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-mlittle-endian}]
510 [@b{-mdsbt}|@b{-mno-dsbt}] [@b{-mpid=no}|@b{-mpid=near}|@b{-mpid=far}]
511 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}]
40b36596 512@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
513@ifset TILEGX
514
515@emph{Target TILE-Gx options:}
fb6cedde 516 [@b{-m32}|@b{-m64}][@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}]
aa137e4d
NC
517@end ifset
518@ifset TILEPRO
519@c TILEPro has no machine-dependent assembler options
520@end ifset
40b36596 521
2d8b84ae
SA
522@ifset XTENSA
523
524@emph{Target Xtensa options:}
525 [@b{--[no-]text-section-literals}] [@b{--[no-]absolute-literals}]
526 [@b{--[no-]target-align}] [@b{--[no-]longcalls}]
527 [@b{--[no-]transform}]
528 [@b{--rename-section} @var{oldname}=@var{newname}]
529@end ifset
530
3c9b82ba
NC
531@ifset Z80
532
533@emph{Target Z80 options:}
534 [@b{-z80}] [@b{-r800}]
535 [@b{ -ignore-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wnud}]
536 [@b{ -ignore-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wnup}]
537 [@b{ -warn-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wud}]
538 [@b{ -warn-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wup}]
539 [@b{ -forbid-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Fud}]
540 [@b{ -forbid-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Fup}]
541@end ifset
542
a4fb0134
SC
543@ifset Z8000
544@c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
252b5132 545@end ifset
e0001a05 546
0285c67d 547@c man end
252b5132
RH
548@end smallexample
549
0285c67d
NC
550@c man begin OPTIONS
551
a4fb0134 552@table @gcctabopt
38fc1cb1 553@include at-file.texi
a0b7da79 554
83f10cb2 555@item -a[cdghlmns]
252b5132
RH
556Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
557
a4fb0134 558@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
559@item -ac
560omit false conditionals
561
562@item -ad
563omit debugging directives
564
83f10cb2
NC
565@item -ag
566include general information, like @value{AS} version and options passed
567
252b5132
RH
568@item -ah
569include high-level source
570
571@item -al
572include assembly
573
574@item -am
575include macro expansions
576
577@item -an
578omit forms processing
579
580@item -as
581include symbols
582
583@item =file
584set the name of the listing file
585@end table
586
587You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly
588listing without forms processing. The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be
589the last one. By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}.
590
caa32fe5 591@item --alternate
96e9638b
BW
592Begin in alternate macro mode.
593@ifclear man
594@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
595@end ifclear
caa32fe5 596
955974c6
CC
597@item --compress-debug-sections
598Compress DWARF debug sections using zlib. The debug sections are renamed
599to begin with @samp{.zdebug}, and the resulting object file may not be
600compatible with older linkers and object file utilities.
601
602@item --nocompress-debug-sections
603Do not compress DWARF debug sections. This is the default.
604
252b5132
RH
605@item -D
606Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
607other assemblers.
608
3d6b762c
JM
609@item --debug-prefix-map @var{old}=@var{new}
610When assembling files in directory @file{@var{old}}, record debugging
611information describing them as in @file{@var{new}} instead.
612
252b5132
RH
613@item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value}
614Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file.
615@var{value} must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading @samp{0x}
bf083c64
NC
616indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal
617value. The value of the symbol can be overridden inside a source file via the
618use of a @code{.set} pseudo-op.
252b5132
RH
619
620@item -f
621``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
622compiler output).
623
329e276d
NC
624@item -g
625@itemx --gen-debug
626Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever
627debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either STABS,
628ECOFF or DWARF2.
629
252b5132
RH
630@item --gstabs
631Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This
632may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.
633
05da4302
NC
634@item --gstabs+
635Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with GNU
636extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other
637debuggers crash or refuse to read your program. This
638may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only GNU extension is
639the location of the current working directory at assembling time.
640
329e276d 641@item --gdwarf-2
cdf82bcf 642Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This
c1253627 643may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note---this
85a39694 644option is only supported by some targets, not all of them.
cdf82bcf 645
b40bf0a2
NC
646@item --gdwarf-sections
647Instead of creating a .debug_line section, create a series of
648.debug_line.@var{foo} sections where @var{foo} is the name of the
649corresponding code section. For example a code section called @var{.text.func}
650will have its dwarf line number information placed into a section called
651@var{.debug_line.text.func}. If the code section is just called @var{.text}
652then debug line section will still be called just @var{.debug_line} without any
653suffix.
654
21be61f5
L
655@item --size-check=error
656@itemx --size-check=warning
657Issue an error or warning for invalid ELF .size directive.
658
252b5132
RH
659@item --help
660Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
661
ea20a7da
CC
662@item --target-help
663Print a summary of all target specific options and exit.
664
252b5132
RH
665@item -I @var{dir}
666Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives.
667
668@item -J
669Don't warn about signed overflow.
670
671@item -K
672@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
673This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family.
674@end ifclear
675@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
676Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
677@end ifset
678
679@item -L
680@itemx --keep-locals
ba83aca1
BW
681Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. These symbols start with
682system-specific local label prefixes, typically @samp{.L} for ELF systems
683or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems.
684@ifclear man
685@xref{Symbol Names}.
686@end ifclear
252b5132 687
c3a27914
NC
688@item --listing-lhs-width=@var{number}
689Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler
690listing to @var{number}.
691
692@item --listing-lhs-width2=@var{number}
693Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation
694lines in an assembler listing to @var{number}.
695
696@item --listing-rhs-width=@var{number}
697Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to
698@var{number} bytes.
699
700@item --listing-cont-lines=@var{number}
701Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input
702to @var{number} + 1.
703
252b5132 704@item -o @var{objfile}
a4fb0134 705Name the object-file output from @command{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}.
252b5132
RH
706
707@item -R
708Fold the data section into the text section.
709
4bdd3565
NC
710@kindex --hash-size=@var{number}
711Set the default size of GAS's hash tables to a prime number close to
712@var{number}. Increasing this value can reduce the length of time it takes the
713assembler to perform its tasks, at the expense of increasing the assembler's
714memory requirements. Similarly reducing this value can reduce the memory
715requirements at the expense of speed.
716
717@item --reduce-memory-overheads
718This option reduces GAS's memory requirements, at the expense of making the
719assembly processes slower. Currently this switch is a synonym for
720@samp{--hash-size=4051}, but in the future it may have other effects as well.
721
252b5132
RH
722@item --statistics
723Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
724assembly.
725
726@item --strip-local-absolute
727Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table.
728
729@item -v
730@itemx -version
a4fb0134 731Print the @command{as} version.
252b5132
RH
732
733@item --version
a4fb0134 734Print the @command{as} version and exit.
252b5132
RH
735
736@item -W
2bdd6cf5 737@itemx --no-warn
252b5132
RH
738Suppress warning messages.
739
2bdd6cf5
GK
740@item --fatal-warnings
741Treat warnings as errors.
742
743@item --warn
744Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors.
745
252b5132
RH
746@item -w
747Ignored.
748
749@item -x
750Ignored.
751
752@item -Z
753Generate an object file even after errors.
754
755@item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
756Standard input, or source files to assemble.
757
758@end table
2a633939
JM
759@c man end
760
a06ea964
NC
761@ifset AARCH64
762
763@ifclear man
764@xref{AArch64 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
765for the 64-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
766@end ifclear
767
768@ifset man
769@c man begin OPTIONS
770The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
77164-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
772@c man end
773@c man begin INCLUDE
774@include c-aarch64.texi
775@c ended inside the included file
776@end ifset
777
778@end ifset
779
2a633939
JM
780@ifset ALPHA
781
782@ifclear man
783@xref{Alpha Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
784for an Alpha processor.
785@end ifclear
786
787@ifset man
788@c man begin OPTIONS
789The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an Alpha
790processor.
791@c man end
792@c man begin INCLUDE
793@include c-alpha.texi
794@c ended inside the included file
795@end ifset
796
797@end ifset
252b5132 798
2a633939 799@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132
RH
800@ifset ARC
801The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
802an ARC processor.
803
a4fb0134 804@table @gcctabopt
0d2bcfaf
NC
805@item -marc[5|6|7|8]
806This option selects the core processor variant.
807@item -EB | -EL
808Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
252b5132
RH
809@end table
810@end ifset
811
812@ifset ARM
813The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the ARM
814processor family.
815
a4fb0134 816@table @gcctabopt
92081f48 817@item -mcpu=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 818Specify which ARM processor variant is the target.
92081f48 819@item -march=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 820Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target.
03b1477f 821@item -mfpu=@var{floating-point-format}
a349d9dd 822Select which Floating Point architecture is the target.
33a392fb
PB
823@item -mfloat-abi=@var{abi}
824Select which floating point ABI is in use.
03b1477f
RE
825@item -mthumb
826Enable Thumb only instruction decoding.
7f266840 827@item -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant
252b5132
RH
828Select which procedure calling convention is in use.
829@item -EB | -EL
830Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
cdf82bcf
NC
831@item -mthumb-interwork
832Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and
833ARM code in mind.
834@item -k
835Specify that PIC code has been generated.
252b5132
RH
836@end table
837@end ifset
635fb38d 838@c man end
252b5132 839
9982501a 840@ifset Blackfin
8611b8fd
MF
841
842@ifclear man
843@xref{Blackfin Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
844configured for the Blackfin processor family.
845@end ifclear
846
847@ifset man
848@c man begin OPTIONS
9982501a
JZ
849The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
850the Blackfin processor family.
8611b8fd
MF
851@c man end
852@c man begin INCLUDE
853@include c-bfin.texi
854@c ended inside the included file
855@end ifset
9982501a 856
9982501a
JZ
857@end ifset
858
635fb38d 859@c man begin OPTIONS
328eb32e
HPN
860@ifset CRIS
861See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options.
862@end ifset
863
252b5132
RH
864@ifset D10V
865The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
866a D10V processor.
a4fb0134 867@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
868@cindex D10V optimization
869@cindex optimization, D10V
870@item -O
871Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
872@end table
873@end ifset
874
875@ifset D30V
876The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a D30V
877processor.
a4fb0134 878@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
879@cindex D30V optimization
880@cindex optimization, D30V
881@item -O
882Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
883
884@cindex D30V nops
885@item -n
886Warn when nops are generated.
887
888@cindex D30V nops after 32-bit multiply
889@item -N
890Warn when a nop after a 32-bit multiply instruction is generated.
891@end table
892@end ifset
731caf76
L
893@c man end
894
cfb8c092
NC
895@ifset EPIPHANY
896The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
897Adapteva EPIPHANY series.
898
56b13185
JR
899@ifclear man
900@xref{Epiphany Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
901configured for an Epiphany processor.
902@end ifclear
cfb8c092 903
56b13185
JR
904@ifset man
905@c man begin OPTIONS
906The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
907an Epiphany processor.
908@c man end
909@c man begin INCLUDE
910@include c-epiphany.texi
0c76cae8
AM
911@c ended inside the included file
912@end ifset
913
914@end ifset
915
916@ifset H8300
917
918@ifclear man
919@xref{H8/300 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
920for an H8/300 processor.
921@end ifclear
922
923@ifset man
924@c man begin OPTIONS
925The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an H8/300
926processor.
927@c man end
928@c man begin INCLUDE
929@include c-h8300.texi
56b13185
JR
930@c ended inside the included file
931@end ifset
cfb8c092 932
cfb8c092
NC
933@end ifset
934
731caf76 935@ifset I80386
252b5132 936
731caf76
L
937@ifclear man
938@xref{i386-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
939configured for an i386 processor.
940@end ifclear
941
942@ifset man
943@c man begin OPTIONS
944The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
945an i386 processor.
946@c man end
947@c man begin INCLUDE
948@include c-i386.texi
949@c ended inside the included file
950@end ifset
951
952@end ifset
953
954@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132
RH
955@ifset I960
956The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
957Intel 80960 processor.
958
a4fb0134 959@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
960@item -ACA | -ACA_A | -ACB | -ACC | -AKA | -AKB | -AKC | -AMC
961Specify which variant of the 960 architecture is the target.
962
963@item -b
964Add code to collect statistics about branches taken.
965
966@item -no-relax
967Do not alter compare-and-branch instructions for long displacements;
968error if necessary.
969
970@end table
971@end ifset
972
a40cbfa3
NC
973@ifset IP2K
974The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
ec88d317 975Ubicom IP2K series.
a40cbfa3
NC
976
977@table @gcctabopt
978
979@item -mip2022ext
980Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed.
981
982@item -mip2022
8dfa0188 983Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to
a40cbfa3
NC
984just the basic IP2022 ones.
985
986@end table
987@end ifset
988
49f58d10
JB
989@ifset M32C
990The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
991Renesas M32C and M16C processors.
992
993@table @gcctabopt
994
995@item -m32c
996Assemble M32C instructions.
997
998@item -m16c
999Assemble M16C instructions (the default).
1000
c54b5932
DD
1001@item -relax
1002Enable support for link-time relaxations.
1003
1004@item -h-tick-hex
1005Support H'00 style hex constants in addition to 0x00 style.
1006
49f58d10
JB
1007@end table
1008@end ifset
1009
ec694b89
NC
1010@ifset M32R
1011The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
26597c86 1012Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series.
ec694b89 1013
a4fb0134 1014@table @gcctabopt
ec694b89
NC
1015
1016@item --m32rx
1017Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default
1018is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX.
1019
1020@item --warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp
1021Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
01642c12 1022encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1023
1024@item --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp
01642c12
RM
1025Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
1026encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1027
1028@end table
1029@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1030
1031@ifset M680X0
1032The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1033Motorola 68000 series.
1034
a4fb0134 1035@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1036
1037@item -l
1038Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
1039
0285c67d
NC
1040@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030
1041@itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332
1042@itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
252b5132
RH
1043Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
1044is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
1045
1046@item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882
1047The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
1048The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although
1049the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
1050two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
1051coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
1052
1053@item -m68851 | -mno-68851
1054The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
1055unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up.
1056
1057@end table
1058@end ifset
1059
36591ba1
SL
1060@ifset NIOSII
1061
1062@ifclear man
1063@xref{Nios II Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1064for an Altera Nios II processor.
1065@end ifclear
1066
1067@ifset man
1068@c man begin OPTIONS
1069The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1070Altera Nios II processor.
1071@c man end
1072@c man begin INCLUDE
1073@include c-nios2.texi
1074@c ended inside the included file
1075@end ifset
1076@end ifset
1077
e135f41b
NC
1078@ifset PDP11
1079
1080For details about the PDP-11 machine dependent features options,
1081see @ref{PDP-11-Options}.
1082
a4fb0134 1083@table @gcctabopt
e135f41b
NC
1084@item -mpic | -mno-pic
1085Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The
a4fb0134 1086default is @option{-mpic}.
e135f41b
NC
1087
1088@item -mall
1089@itemx -mall-extensions
1090Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default.
1091
1092@item -mno-extensions
1093Disable all instruction set extensions.
1094
1095@item -m@var{extension} | -mno-@var{extension}
1096Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension.
1097
1098@item -m@var{cpu}
1099Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular CPU, and
1100disable all other extensions.
1101
1102@item -m@var{machine}
1103Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine
1104model, and disable all other extensions.
1105@end table
1106
1107@end ifset
1108
041dd5a9
ILT
1109@ifset PJ
1110The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1111a picoJava processor.
1112
a4fb0134 1113@table @gcctabopt
041dd5a9
ILT
1114
1115@cindex PJ endianness
1116@cindex endianness, PJ
1117@cindex big endian output, PJ
1118@item -mb
1119Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1120
1121@cindex little endian output, PJ
1122@item -ml
1123Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1124
1125@end table
1126@end ifset
1127
60bcf0fa
NC
1128@ifset M68HC11
1129The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1130Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series.
1131
a4fb0134 1132@table @gcctabopt
60bcf0fa 1133
6927f982 1134@item -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12 | -mm9s12x | -mm9s12xg
60bcf0fa
NC
1135Specify what processor is the target. The default is
1136defined by the configuration option when building the assembler.
1137
6927f982
NC
1138@item --xgate-ramoffset
1139Instruct the linker to offset RAM addresses from S12X address space into
1140XGATE address space.
1141
2f904664
SC
1142@item -mshort
1143Specify to use the 16-bit integer ABI.
1144
1145@item -mlong
01642c12 1146Specify to use the 32-bit integer ABI.
2f904664
SC
1147
1148@item -mshort-double
01642c12 1149Specify to use the 32-bit double ABI.
2f904664
SC
1150
1151@item -mlong-double
01642c12 1152Specify to use the 64-bit double ABI.
2f904664 1153
1370e33d 1154@item --force-long-branches
60bcf0fa
NC
1155Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns
1156conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a
1157sub routine.
1158
1370e33d
NC
1159@item -S | --short-branches
1160Do not turn relative branches into absolute ones
60bcf0fa
NC
1161when the offset is out of range.
1162
1163@item --strict-direct-mode
1164Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode
1165when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode.
1166
1167@item --print-insn-syntax
1168Print the syntax of instruction in case of error.
1169
1170@item --print-opcodes
6927f982 1171Print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit.
60bcf0fa
NC
1172
1173@item --generate-example
6927f982 1174Print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit.
a4fb0134 1175This option is only useful for testing @command{@value{AS}}.
60bcf0fa
NC
1176
1177@end table
1178@end ifset
1179
252b5132 1180@ifset SPARC
a4fb0134 1181The following options are available when @command{@value{AS}} is configured
252b5132
RH
1182for the SPARC architecture:
1183
a4fb0134 1184@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1185@item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite
1186@itemx -Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a
1187Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture.
1188
1189@samp{-Av8plus} and @samp{-Av8plusa} select a 32 bit environment.
1190@samp{-Av9} and @samp{-Av9a} select a 64 bit environment.
1191
1192@samp{-Av8plusa} and @samp{-Av9a} enable the SPARC V9 instruction set with
1193UltraSPARC extensions.
1194
1195@item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa
1196For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are
1197equivalent to -Av8plus and -Av8plusa, respectively.
1198
1199@item -bump
1200Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
1201@end table
1202@end ifset
1203
39bec121
TW
1204@ifset TIC54X
1205The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the 'c54x
01642c12 1206architecture.
39bec121 1207
a4fb0134 1208@table @gcctabopt
39bec121
TW
1209@item -mfar-mode
1210Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume
1211extended addressing (usually 23 bits).
1212@item -mcpu=@var{CPU_VERSION}
1213Sets the CPU version being compiled for.
1214@item -merrors-to-file @var{FILENAME}
1215Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such
1216behaviour in the shell.
1217@end table
1218@end ifset
1219
252b5132
RH
1220@ifset MIPS
1221The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
98508b2a 1222a MIPS processor.
252b5132 1223
a4fb0134 1224@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1225@item -G @var{num}
1226This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
1227implicitly with the @code{gp} register. It is only accepted for targets that
1228use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8.
1229
1230@cindex MIPS endianness
1231@cindex endianness, MIPS
1232@cindex big endian output, MIPS
1233@item -EB
1234Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1235
1236@cindex little endian output, MIPS
1237@item -EL
1238Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1239
1240@cindex MIPS ISA
1241@item -mips1
1242@itemx -mips2
1243@itemx -mips3
e7af610e 1244@itemx -mips4
437ee9d5 1245@itemx -mips5
e7af610e 1246@itemx -mips32
af7ee8bf 1247@itemx -mips32r2
4058e45f 1248@itemx -mips64
5f74bc13 1249@itemx -mips64r2
98508b2a 1250Generate code for a particular MIPS Instruction Set Architecture level.
437ee9d5
TS
1251@samp{-mips1} is an alias for @samp{-march=r3000}, @samp{-mips2} is an
1252alias for @samp{-march=r6000}, @samp{-mips3} is an alias for
1253@samp{-march=r4000} and @samp{-mips4} is an alias for @samp{-march=r8000}.
5f74bc13
CD
1254@samp{-mips5}, @samp{-mips32}, @samp{-mips32r2}, @samp{-mips64}, and
1255@samp{-mips64r2}
af7ee8bf 1256correspond to generic
5f74bc13
CD
1257@samp{MIPS V}, @samp{MIPS32}, @samp{MIPS32 Release 2}, @samp{MIPS64},
1258and @samp{MIPS64 Release 2}
1259ISA processors, respectively.
437ee9d5 1260
98508b2a
RS
1261@item -march=@var{cpu}
1262Generate code for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1263
1264@item -mtune=@var{cpu}
98508b2a 1265Schedule and tune for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1266
1267@item -mfix7000
1268@itemx -mno-fix7000
1269Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register
1270of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions.
1271
ecb4347a
DJ
1272@item -mdebug
1273@itemx -no-mdebug
1274Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug
1275section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections.
1276
dcd410fe
RO
1277@item -mpdr
1278@itemx -mno-pdr
1279Control generation of @code{.pdr} sections.
1280
437ee9d5
TS
1281@item -mgp32
1282@itemx -mfp32
1283The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1284flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at
1285all times. @samp{-mgp32} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1286and @samp{-mfp32} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1287
1288@item -mips16
1289@itemx -no-mips16
1290Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting
1291@code{.set mips16} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-no-mips16}
1292turns off this option.
252b5132 1293
df58fc94
RS
1294@item -mmicromips
1295@itemx -mno-micromips
1296Generate code for the microMIPS processor. This is equivalent to putting
1297@code{.set micromips} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-micromips}
1298turns off this option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set nomicromips}
1299at the start of the assembly file.
1300
e16bfa71
TS
1301@item -msmartmips
1302@itemx -mno-smartmips
1303Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the MIPS32 instruction set. This is
1304equivalent to putting @code{.set smartmips} at the start of the assembly file.
1305@samp{-mno-smartmips} turns off this option.
1306
1f25f5d3
CD
1307@item -mips3d
1308@itemx -no-mips3d
1309Generate code for the MIPS-3D Application Specific Extension.
1310This tells the assembler to accept MIPS-3D instructions.
1311@samp{-no-mips3d} turns off this option.
1312
deec1734
CD
1313@item -mdmx
1314@itemx -no-mdmx
1315Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension.
1316This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions.
1317@samp{-no-mdmx} turns off this option.
1318
2ef2b9ae
CF
1319@item -mdsp
1320@itemx -mno-dsp
8b082fb1
TS
1321Generate code for the DSP Release 1 Application Specific Extension.
1322This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 1 instructions.
2ef2b9ae
CF
1323@samp{-mno-dsp} turns off this option.
1324
8b082fb1
TS
1325@item -mdspr2
1326@itemx -mno-dspr2
1327Generate code for the DSP Release 2 Application Specific Extension.
1328This option implies -mdsp.
1329This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 2 instructions.
1330@samp{-mno-dspr2} turns off this option.
1331
ef2e4d86
CF
1332@item -mmt
1333@itemx -mno-mt
1334Generate code for the MT Application Specific Extension.
1335This tells the assembler to accept MT instructions.
1336@samp{-mno-mt} turns off this option.
1337
dec0624d
MR
1338@item -mmcu
1339@itemx -mno-mcu
1340Generate code for the MCU Application Specific Extension.
1341This tells the assembler to accept MCU instructions.
1342@samp{-mno-mcu} turns off this option.
1343
437ee9d5
TS
1344@item --construct-floats
1345@itemx --no-construct-floats
1346The @samp{--no-construct-floats} option disables the construction of
1347double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the
1348value into the two single width floating point registers that make up
1349the double width register. By default @samp{--construct-floats} is
1350selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants.
252b5132 1351
3bf0dbfb
MR
1352@item --relax-branch
1353@itemx --no-relax-branch
1354The @samp{--relax-branch} option enables the relaxation of out-of-range
1355branches. By default @samp{--no-relax-branch} is selected, causing any
1356out-of-range branches to produce an error.
1357
252b5132
RH
1358@cindex emulation
1359@item --emulation=@var{name}
e8044f35
RS
1360This option was formerly used to switch between ELF and ECOFF output
1361on targets like IRIX 5 that supported both. MIPS ECOFF support was
1362removed in GAS 2.24, so the option now serves little purpose.
1363It is retained for backwards compatibility.
1364
1365The available configuration names are: @samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslelf} and
1366@samp{mipsbelf}. Choosing @samp{mipself} now has no effect, since the output
1367is always ELF. @samp{mipslelf} and @samp{mipsbelf} select little- and
1368big-endian output respectively, but @samp{-EL} and @samp{-EB} are now the
1369preferred options instead.
252b5132
RH
1370
1371@item -nocpp
a4fb0134 1372@command{@value{AS}} ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with
252b5132
RH
1373the native tools.
1374
252b5132
RH
1375@item --trap
1376@itemx --no-trap
1377@itemx --break
1378@itemx --no-break
1379Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
1380@samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
1381(and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
1382@samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a
1383break exception.
63486801
L
1384
1385@item -n
a4fb0134 1386When this option is used, @command{@value{AS}} will issue a warning every
63486801 1387time it generates a nop instruction from a macro.
252b5132
RH
1388@end table
1389@end ifset
1390
1391@ifset MCORE
1392The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1393an MCore processor.
1394
a4fb0134 1395@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1396@item -jsri2bsr
1397@itemx -nojsri2bsr
1398Enable or disable the JSRI to BSR transformation. By default this is enabled.
1399The command line option @samp{-nojsri2bsr} can be used to disable it.
1400
1401@item -sifilter
1402@itemx -nosifilter
1403Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled.
a349d9dd 1404The default can be overridden by the @samp{-sifilter} command line option.
252b5132
RH
1405
1406@item -relax
1407Alter jump instructions for long displacements.
1408
ec694b89
NC
1409@item -mcpu=[210|340]
1410Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions
1411can be assembled.
1412
1413@item -EB
1414Assemble for a big endian target.
1415
1416@item -EL
1417Assemble for a little endian target.
252b5132
RH
1418
1419@end table
1420@end ifset
a3c62988 1421@c man end
252b5132 1422
a3c62988
NC
1423@ifset METAG
1424
1425@ifclear man
1426@xref{Meta Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1427for a Meta processor.
1428@end ifclear
1429
1430@ifset man
1431@c man begin OPTIONS
1432The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1433Meta processor.
1434@c man end
1435@c man begin INCLUDE
1436@include c-metag.texi
1437@c ended inside the included file
1438@end ifset
1439
1440@end ifset
1441
1442@c man begin OPTIONS
3c3bdf30
NC
1443@ifset MMIX
1444See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options.
1445@end ifset
1446
635fb38d 1447@c man end
b8b738ac
AM
1448@ifset PPC
1449
1450@ifclear man
1451@xref{PowerPC-Opts}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1452for a PowerPC processor.
1453@end ifclear
1454
1455@ifset man
1456@c man begin OPTIONS
1457The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1458PowerPC processor.
1459@c man end
1460@c man begin INCLUDE
1461@include c-ppc.texi
1462@c ended inside the included file
1463@end ifset
1464
1465@end ifset
1466
635fb38d 1467@c man begin OPTIONS
046d31c2
NC
1468@ifset RX
1469See the info pages for documentation of the RX-specific options.
1470@end ifset
1471
11c19e16
MS
1472@ifset S390
1473The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the s390
1474processor family.
1475
1476@table @gcctabopt
1477@item -m31
1478@itemx -m64
1479Select the word size, either 31/32 bits or 64 bits.
1480@item -mesa
1481@item -mzarch
1482Select the architecture mode, either the Enterprise System
1483Architecture (esa) or the z/Architecture mode (zarch).
1484@item -march=@var{processor}
1485Specify which s390 processor variant is the target, @samp{g6}, @samp{g6},
cfc72779
AK
1486@samp{z900}, @samp{z990}, @samp{z9-109}, @samp{z9-ec}, @samp{z10},
1487@samp{z196}, or @samp{zEC12}.
11c19e16
MS
1488@item -mregnames
1489@itemx -mno-regnames
1490Allow or disallow symbolic names for registers.
1491@item -mwarn-areg-zero
1492Warn whenever the operand for a base or index register has been specified
1493but evaluates to zero.
1494@end table
1495@end ifset
2a633939 1496@c man end
11c19e16 1497
40b36596 1498@ifset TIC6X
2a633939
JM
1499
1500@ifclear man
1501@xref{TIC6X Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1502for a TMS320C6000 processor.
1503@end ifclear
1504
1505@ifset man
1506@c man begin OPTIONS
40b36596
JM
1507The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1508TMS320C6000 processor.
2a633939
JM
1509@c man end
1510@c man begin INCLUDE
1511@include c-tic6x.texi
1512@c ended inside the included file
1513@end ifset
40b36596
JM
1514
1515@end ifset
1516
aa137e4d
NC
1517@ifset TILEGX
1518
1519@ifclear man
1520@xref{TILE-Gx Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1521for a TILE-Gx processor.
1522@end ifclear
1523
1524@ifset man
1525@c man begin OPTIONS
1526The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a TILE-Gx
1527processor.
1528@c man end
1529@c man begin INCLUDE
1530@include c-tilegx.texi
1531@c ended inside the included file
1532@end ifset
1533
1534@end ifset
1535
e0001a05 1536@ifset XTENSA
e0001a05 1537
2d8b84ae
SA
1538@ifclear man
1539@xref{Xtensa Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1540for an Xtensa processor.
1541@end ifclear
1542
1543@ifset man
1544@c man begin OPTIONS
1545The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1546Xtensa processor.
1547@c man end
1548@c man begin INCLUDE
1549@include c-xtensa.texi
1550@c ended inside the included file
e0001a05
NC
1551@end ifset
1552
2d8b84ae
SA
1553@end ifset
1554
1555@c man begin OPTIONS
1556
3c9b82ba
NC
1557@ifset Z80
1558The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1559a Z80 family processor.
1560@table @gcctabopt
1561@item -z80
1562Assemble for Z80 processor.
1563@item -r800
1564Assemble for R800 processor.
01642c12 1565@item -ignore-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1566@itemx -Wnud
1567Assemble undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800 without warning.
01642c12 1568@item -ignore-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1569@itemx -Wnup
1570Assemble all undocumented Z80 instructions without warning.
01642c12 1571@item -warn-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1572@itemx -Wud
1573Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800.
01642c12 1574@item -warn-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1575@itemx -Wup
01642c12
RM
1576Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800.
1577@item -forbid-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1578@itemx -Fud
1579Treat all undocumented instructions as errors.
01642c12 1580@item -forbid-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1581@itemx -Fup
b45619c0 1582Treat undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800 as errors.
3c9b82ba
NC
1583@end table
1584@end ifset
1585
0285c67d
NC
1586@c man end
1587
252b5132
RH
1588@menu
1589* Manual:: Structure of this Manual
1590* GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler
1591* Object Formats:: Object File Formats
1592* Command Line:: Command Line
1593* Input Files:: Input Files
1594* Object:: Output (Object) File
1595* Errors:: Error and Warning Messages
1596@end menu
1597
1598@node Manual
1599@section Structure of this Manual
1600
1601@cindex manual, structure and purpose
1602This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
a4fb0134 1603@sc{gnu} @command{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
252b5132 1604notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
a4fb0134 1605@command{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1606
1607@ifclear GENERIC
1608We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET}
a4fb0134 1609configuration of @command{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives.
252b5132
RH
1610@end ifclear
1611@ifset GENERIC
1612This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
1613various flavors of the assembler.
1614@end ifset
1615
1616@cindex machine instructions (not covered)
1617On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
1618to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
1619In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
1620architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
1621mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
1622particular architecture.
1623@ifset GENERIC
1624You may want to consult the manufacturer's
1625machine architecture manual for this information.
1626@end ifset
1627@ifclear GENERIC
1628@ifset H8/300
1629For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
c2dcd04e
NC
1630Series Programming Manual}. For the H8/300H, see @cite{H8/300H Series
1631Programming Manual} (Renesas).
252b5132 1632@end ifset
252b5132 1633@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
1634For information on the Renesas (formerly Hitachi) / SuperH SH machine instruction set,
1635see @cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Renesas) or
1636@cite{SH-4 32-bit CPU Core Architecture} (SuperH) and
1637@cite{SuperH (SH) 64-Bit RISC Series} (SuperH).
252b5132
RH
1638@end ifset
1639@ifset Z8000
1640For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
1641@end ifset
1642@end ifclear
1643
1644@c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
1645@ignore
1646Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
1647the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
1648Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
1649computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on);
1650once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
1651qualification.
1652
a4fb0134 1653@command{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
252b5132
RH
1654human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
1655computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
a4fb0134 1656@command{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer.
252b5132
RH
1657@end ignore
1658
1659@c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
1660@c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any
1661@c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
1662@c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
1663@c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
1664@c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
1665@c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
1666@c directives).
1667
1668@node GNU Assembler
1669@section The GNU Assembler
1670
0285c67d
NC
1671@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1672
a4fb0134 1673@sc{gnu} @command{as} is really a family of assemblers.
252b5132 1674@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 1675This manual describes @command{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
252b5132
RH
1676configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures.
1677@end ifclear
1678If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you
1679should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
1680architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
1681including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
1682@dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill
1683
1684@cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler
a4fb0134 1685@command{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
252b5132 1686@sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker
a4fb0134 1687@code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1688assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
1689machine would assemble.
1690@ifset VAX
1691Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}).
1692@end ifset
1693@ifset M680X0
1694@c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption
1695@c here is that generic version sets M680x0.
a4fb0134 1696This doesn't mean @command{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another
252b5132
RH
1697assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
1698incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
1699@end ifset
1700
0285c67d
NC
1701@c man end
1702
a4fb0134 1703Unlike older assemblers, @command{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
252b5132
RH
1704program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
1705@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
1706
1707@node Object Formats
1708@section Object File Formats
1709
1710@cindex object file format
1711The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
1712object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you
1713write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
1714are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol
1715Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
1716@ifclear GENERIC
1717@ifclear MULTI-OBJ
c1253627 1718For the @value{TARGET} target, @command{@value{AS}} is configured to produce
252b5132
RH
1719@value{OBJ-NAME} format object files.
1720@end ifclear
1721@c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally
252b5132 1722@ifset I960
a4fb0134 1723On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1724@code{b.out} or COFF format object files.
1725@end ifset
1726@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134 1727On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1728SOM or ELF format object files.
1729@end ifset
1730@end ifclear
1731
1732@node Command Line
1733@section Command Line
1734
1735@cindex command line conventions
0285c67d 1736
a4fb0134 1737After the program name @command{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
252b5132
RH
1738options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
1739before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
1740significant.
1741
1742@cindex standard input, as input file
1743@kindex --
1744@file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
a4fb0134 1745explicitly, as one of the files for @command{@value{AS}} to assemble.
252b5132
RH
1746
1747@cindex options, command line
1748Except for @samp{--} any command line argument that begins with a
1749hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of
a4fb0134 1750@command{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An
252b5132
RH
1751option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
1752the letter is important. All options are optional.
1753
1754Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file
1755name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
1756with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu}
1757standard). These two command lines are equivalent:
1758
1759@smallexample
1760@value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
1761@value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
1762@end smallexample
1763
1764@node Input Files
1765@section Input Files
1766
1767@cindex input
1768@cindex source program
1769@cindex files, input
1770We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
a4fb0134 1771describe the program input to one run of @command{@value{AS}}. The program may
252b5132
RH
1772be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
1773doesn't change the meaning of the source.
1774
1775@c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
1776@c APL training... doc@cygnus.com
1777The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
1778order specified.
1779
0285c67d 1780@c man begin DESCRIPTION
a4fb0134 1781Each time you run @command{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
252b5132
RH
1782program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
1783(The standard input is also a file.)
1784
a4fb0134 1785You give @command{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file
252b5132
RH
1786names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
1787command line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
1788is taken to be an input file name.
1789
a4fb0134
SC
1790If you give @command{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file
1791from the @command{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
1792may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @command{@value{AS}} there is no more program
252b5132
RH
1793to assemble.
1794
1795Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
1796in your command line.
1797
a4fb0134 1798If the source is empty, @command{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object
252b5132
RH
1799file.
1800
0285c67d
NC
1801@c man end
1802
252b5132
RH
1803@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
1804
1805@cindex input file linenumbers
1806@cindex line numbers, in input files
1807There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
1808either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line
1809number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
1810``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
1811
1812@dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
a4fb0134 1813to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1814
1815@dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
1816directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names help
a4fb0134
SC
1817error messages reflect the original source file, when @command{@value{AS}} source
1818is itself synthesized from other files. @command{@value{AS}} understands the
252b5132
RH
1819@samp{#} directives emitted by the @code{@value{GCC}} preprocessor. See also
1820@ref{File,,@code{.file}}.
1821
1822@node Object
1823@section Output (Object) File
1824
1825@cindex object file
1826@cindex output file
1827@kindex a.out
1828@kindex .o
a4fb0134 1829Every time you run @command{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is
252b5132
RH
1830your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file
1831is the object file. Its default name is
1832@ifclear BOUT
1833@code{a.out}.
1834@end ifclear
1835@ifset BOUT
1836@ifset GENERIC
01642c12 1837@code{a.out}, or
252b5132 1838@end ifset
a4fb0134 1839@code{b.out} when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for the Intel 80960.
252b5132 1840@end ifset
a4fb0134 1841You can give it another name by using the @option{-o} option. Conventionally,
252b5132
RH
1842object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name is used for historical
1843reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs
1844directly into a runnable program. (For some formats, this isn't currently
1845possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.)
1846
1847@cindex linker
1848@kindex ld
1849The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains
1850assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate
1851the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
1852information for the debugger.
1853
1854@c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
1855@c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage.
1856
1857@node Errors
1858@section Error and Warning Messages
1859
0285c67d
NC
1860@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1861
a349d9dd 1862@cindex error messages
252b5132
RH
1863@cindex warning messages
1864@cindex messages from assembler
a4fb0134 1865@command{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
252b5132 1866file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
a4fb0134
SC
1867runs @command{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
1868that @command{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
252b5132
RH
1869grave problem that stops the assembly.
1870
0285c67d
NC
1871@c man end
1872
252b5132
RH
1873@cindex format of warning messages
1874Warning messages have the format
1875
1876@smallexample
1877file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
1878@end smallexample
1879
1880@noindent
1881@cindex line numbers, in warnings/errors
1882(where @b{NNN} is a line number). If a logical file name has been given
1883(@pxref{File,,@code{.file}}) it is used for the filename, otherwise the name of
1884the current input file is used. If a logical line number was given
1885@ifset GENERIC
1886(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
1887@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1888then it is used to calculate the number printed,
1889otherwise the actual line in the current source file is printed. The
1890message text is intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix
1891tradition).
1892
1893@cindex format of error messages
1894Error messages have the format
1895@smallexample
1896file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
1897@end smallexample
1898The file name and line number are derived as for warning
1899messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
1900because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
1901
1902@node Invoking
1903@chapter Command-Line Options
1904
1905@cindex options, all versions of assembler
1906This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
96e9638b
BW
1907versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; see @ref{Machine Dependencies},
1908for options specific
252b5132 1909@ifclear GENERIC
c1253627 1910to the @value{TARGET} target.
252b5132
RH
1911@end ifclear
1912@ifset GENERIC
1913to particular machine architectures.
1914@end ifset
1915
0285c67d
NC
1916@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1917
c1253627 1918If you are invoking @command{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler,
252b5132
RH
1919you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
1920The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa})
1921by commas. For example:
1922
1923@smallexample
1924gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c
1925@end smallexample
1926
1927@noindent
1928This passes two options to the assembler: @samp{-alh} (emit a listing to
5f5e16be 1929standard output with high-level and assembly source) and @samp{-L} (retain
252b5132
RH
1930local symbols in the symbol table).
1931
1932Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler
1933command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
1934(You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see
1935precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
1936assembler.)
1937
0285c67d
NC
1938@c man end
1939
252b5132 1940@menu
83f10cb2 1941* a:: -a[cdghlns] enable listings
caa32fe5 1942* alternate:: --alternate enable alternate macro syntax
252b5132
RH
1943* D:: -D for compatibility
1944* f:: -f to work faster
1945* I:: -I for .include search path
1946@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1947* K:: -K for compatibility
1948@end ifclear
1949@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1950* K:: -K for difference tables
1951@end ifset
1952
ba83aca1 1953* L:: -L to retain local symbols
c3a27914 1954* listing:: --listing-XXX to configure listing output
252b5132
RH
1955* M:: -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode
1956* MD:: --MD for dependency tracking
1957* o:: -o to name the object file
1958* R:: -R to join data and text sections
1959* statistics:: --statistics to see statistics about assembly
1960* traditional-format:: --traditional-format for compatible output
1961* v:: -v to announce version
2bdd6cf5 1962* W:: -W, --no-warn, --warn, --fatal-warnings to control warnings
252b5132
RH
1963* Z:: -Z to make object file even after errors
1964@end menu
1965
1966@node a
83f10cb2 1967@section Enable Listings: @option{-a[cdghlns]}
252b5132
RH
1968
1969@kindex -a
1970@kindex -ac
1971@kindex -ad
83f10cb2 1972@kindex -ag
252b5132
RH
1973@kindex -ah
1974@kindex -al
1975@kindex -an
1976@kindex -as
1977@cindex listings, enabling
1978@cindex assembly listings, enabling
1979
1980These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself,
1981@samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing.
1982You can use other letters to select specific options for the list:
1983@samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing,
1984@samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and
1985@samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing.
1986High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like
1987@samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested
1988also.
1989
83f10cb2
NC
1990Use the @samp{-ag} option to print a first section with general assembly
1991information, like @value{AS} version, switches passed, or time stamp.
1992
252b5132
RH
1993Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing. Any lines
1994which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any
1995other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be
1996omitted from the listing.
1997
1998Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the
1999listing.
2000
2001Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
2002listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
2003@code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
2004@code{.sbttl}.
2005The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing.
2006If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
2007listing-control directives have no effect.
2008
2009The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option,
2010@emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}.
2011
96e9638b
BW
2012Note if the assembler source is coming from the standard input (e.g.,
2013because it
c3a27914
NC
2014is being created by @code{@value{GCC}} and the @samp{-pipe} command line switch
2015is being used) then the listing will not contain any comments or preprocessor
2016directives. This is because the listing code buffers input source lines from
2017stdin only after they have been preprocessed by the assembler. This reduces
2018memory usage and makes the code more efficient.
2019
caa32fe5
NC
2020@node alternate
2021@section @option{--alternate}
2022
2023@kindex --alternate
2024Begin in alternate macro mode, see @ref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
2025
252b5132 2026@node D
a4fb0134 2027@section @option{-D}
252b5132
RH
2028
2029@kindex -D
2030This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
2031likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with
a4fb0134 2032@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2033
2034@node f
a4fb0134 2035@section Work Faster: @option{-f}
252b5132
RH
2036
2037@kindex -f
2038@cindex trusted compiler
a4fb0134 2039@cindex faster processing (@option{-f})
252b5132
RH
2040@samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
2041(trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace
2042and comment preprocessing on
2043the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Preprocessing,
2044,Preprocessing}.
2045
2046@quotation
2047@emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be
a4fb0134 2048preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @command{@value{AS}} does
252b5132
RH
2049not work correctly.
2050@end quotation
2051
2052@node I
c1253627 2053@section @code{.include} Search Path: @option{-I} @var{path}
252b5132
RH
2054
2055@kindex -I @var{path}
2056@cindex paths for @code{.include}
2057@cindex search path for @code{.include}
2058@cindex @code{include} directive search path
2059Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
a4fb0134
SC
2060@command{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include}
2061directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @option{-I} as
252b5132 2062many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current
a4fb0134 2063working directory is always searched first; after that, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2064searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
2065specified (left to right) on the command line.
2066
2067@node K
a4fb0134 2068@section Difference Tables: @option{-K}
252b5132
RH
2069
2070@kindex -K
2071@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2072On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is
2073permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms,
2074where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
2075generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET}
2076family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
2077alteration on other platforms.
2078@end ifclear
2079
2080@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2081@cindex difference tables, warning
2082@cindex warning for altered difference tables
96e9638b
BW
2083@command{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the
2084form @samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
252b5132
RH
2085You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
2086is done.
2087@end ifset
2088
2089@node L
ba83aca1 2090@section Include Local Symbols: @option{-L}
252b5132
RH
2091
2092@kindex -L
ba83aca1
BW
2093@cindex local symbols, retaining in output
2094Symbols beginning with system-specific local label prefixes, typically
2095@samp{.L} for ELF systems or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, are
2096called @dfn{local symbols}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you do not see
2097such symbols when debugging, because they are intended for the use of
2098programs (like compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your
2099notice. Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard
2100such symbols, so you do not normally debug with them.
2101
2102This option tells @command{@value{AS}} to retain those local symbols
252b5132 2103in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
ba83aca1 2104@code{@value{LD}} to preserve those symbols.
252b5132 2105
c3a27914 2106@node listing
a4fb0134 2107@section Configuring listing output: @option{--listing}
c3a27914
NC
2108
2109The listing feature of the assembler can be enabled via the command line switch
2110@samp{-a} (@pxref{a}). This feature combines the input source file(s) with a
2111hex dump of the corresponding locations in the output object file, and displays
96e9638b
BW
2112them as a listing file. The format of this listing can be controlled by
2113directives inside the assembler source (i.e., @code{.list} (@pxref{List}),
2114@code{.title} (@pxref{Title}), @code{.sbttl} (@pxref{Sbttl}),
2115@code{.psize} (@pxref{Psize}), and
2116@code{.eject} (@pxref{Eject}) and also by the following switches:
c3a27914 2117
a4fb0134 2118@table @gcctabopt
c3a27914
NC
2119@item --listing-lhs-width=@samp{number}
2120@kindex --listing-lhs-width
2121@cindex Width of first line disassembly output
2122Sets the maximum width, in words, of the first line of the hex byte dump. This
2123dump appears on the left hand side of the listing output.
2124
2125@item --listing-lhs-width2=@samp{number}
2126@kindex --listing-lhs-width2
2127@cindex Width of continuation lines of disassembly output
2128Sets the maximum width, in words, of any further lines of the hex byte dump for
8dfa0188 2129a given input source line. If this value is not specified, it defaults to being
c3a27914
NC
2130the same as the value specified for @samp{--listing-lhs-width}. If neither
2131switch is used the default is to one.
2132
2133@item --listing-rhs-width=@samp{number}
2134@kindex --listing-rhs-width
2135@cindex Width of source line output
2136Sets the maximum width, in characters, of the source line that is displayed
2137alongside the hex dump. The default value for this parameter is 100. The
2138source line is displayed on the right hand side of the listing output.
2139
2140@item --listing-cont-lines=@samp{number}
2141@kindex --listing-cont-lines
2142@cindex Maximum number of continuation lines
2143Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex dump that will be
2144displayed for a given single line of source input. The default value is 4.
2145@end table
2146
252b5132 2147@node M
a4fb0134 2148@section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @option{-M}
252b5132
RH
2149
2150@kindex -M
2151@cindex MRI compatibility mode
a4fb0134
SC
2152The @option{-M} or @option{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode. This
2153changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @command{@value{AS}} to make it
252b5132
RH
2154compatible with the @code{ASM68K} or the @code{ASM960} (depending upon the
2155configured target) assembler from Microtec Research. The exact nature of the
2156MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more
2157information. Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro
2158arguments is somewhat different. The purpose of this option is to permit
a4fb0134 2159assembling existing MRI assembler code using @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2160
2161The MRI compatibility is not complete. Certain operations of the MRI assembler
2162depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object
2163file formats. Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format
2164individually. These are:
2165
2166@itemize @bullet
2167@item global symbols in common section
2168
2169The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker.
a4fb0134 2170Other object file formats do not support this. @command{@value{AS}} handles
252b5132
RH
2171common sections by treating them as a single common symbol. It permits local
2172symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global
2173symbols, since it has no way to describe them.
2174
2175@item complex relocations
2176
2177The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and
2178relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections. These
2179are not support by other object file formats.
2180
2181@item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address
2182
2183The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address.
2184This is not supported by other object file formats. The start address may
a4fb0134 2185instead be specified using the @option{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker
252b5132
RH
2186script.
2187
2188@item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops
2189
2190The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module
2191name to the output file. This is not supported by other object file formats.
2192
2193@item @code{ORG} pseudo-op
2194
2195The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given
a4fb0134 2196address. This differs from the usual @command{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op,
252b5132
RH
2197which changes the location within the current section. Absolute sections are
2198not supported by other object file formats. The address of a section may be
2199assigned within a linker script.
2200@end itemize
2201
2202There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by
a4fb0134 2203@command{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they
252b5132
RH
2204seem of little consequence. Some of these may be supported in future releases.
2205
2206@itemize @bullet
2207
2208@item EBCDIC strings
2209
2210EBCDIC strings are not supported.
2211
2212@item packed binary coded decimal
2213
2214Packed binary coded decimal is not supported. This means that the @code{DC.P}
2215and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported.
2216
2217@item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op
2218
2219The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported.
2220
2221@item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op
2222
2223The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported.
2224
2225@item @code{OPT} branch control options
2226
2227The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB},
a4fb0134 2228@code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored. @command{@value{AS}} automatically
252b5132
RH
2229relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so
2230these options serve no purpose.
2231
2232@item @code{OPT} list control options
2233
2234The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C},
2235@code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M},
2236@code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}.
2237
2238@item other @code{OPT} options
2239
2240The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O},
2241@code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}.
2242
2243@item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default
2244
2245The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler.
2246@code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off.
2247
2248@item @code{XREF} pseudo-op.
2249
2250The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored.
2251
2252@item @code{.debug} pseudo-op
2253
2254The i960 @code{.debug} pseudo-op is not supported.
2255
2256@item @code{.extended} pseudo-op
2257
2258The i960 @code{.extended} pseudo-op is not supported.
2259
2260@item @code{.list} pseudo-op.
2261
2262The various options of the i960 @code{.list} pseudo-op are not supported.
2263
2264@item @code{.optimize} pseudo-op
2265
2266The i960 @code{.optimize} pseudo-op is not supported.
2267
2268@item @code{.output} pseudo-op
2269
2270The i960 @code{.output} pseudo-op is not supported.
2271
2272@item @code{.setreal} pseudo-op
2273
2274The i960 @code{.setreal} pseudo-op is not supported.
2275
2276@end itemize
2277
2278@node MD
c1253627 2279@section Dependency Tracking: @option{--MD}
252b5132
RH
2280
2281@kindex --MD
2282@cindex dependency tracking
2283@cindex make rules
2284
a4fb0134 2285@command{@value{AS}} can generate a dependency file for the file it creates. This
252b5132
RH
2286file consists of a single rule suitable for @code{make} describing the
2287dependencies of the main source file.
2288
2289The rule is written to the file named in its argument.
2290
2291This feature is used in the automatic updating of makefiles.
2292
2293@node o
a4fb0134 2294@section Name the Object File: @option{-o}
252b5132
RH
2295
2296@kindex -o
2297@cindex naming object file
2298@cindex object file name
a4fb0134 2299There is always one object file output when you run @command{@value{AS}}. By
252b5132
RH
2300default it has the name
2301@ifset GENERIC
2302@ifset I960
2303@file{a.out} (or @file{b.out}, for Intel 960 targets only).
2304@end ifset
2305@ifclear I960
2306@file{a.out}.
2307@end ifclear
2308@end ifset
2309@ifclear GENERIC
2310@ifset I960
2311@file{b.out}.
2312@end ifset
2313@ifclear I960
2314@file{a.out}.
2315@end ifclear
2316@end ifclear
2317You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the
2318object file a different name.
2319
a4fb0134 2320Whatever the object file is called, @command{@value{AS}} overwrites any
252b5132
RH
2321existing file of the same name.
2322
2323@node R
a4fb0134 2324@section Join Data and Text Sections: @option{-R}
252b5132
RH
2325
2326@kindex -R
2327@cindex data and text sections, joining
2328@cindex text and data sections, joining
2329@cindex joining text and data sections
2330@cindex merging text and data sections
a4fb0134 2331@option{-R} tells @command{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all
252b5132
RH
2332data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at
2333the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data
2334section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of
2335your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are
2336appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
2337
a4fb0134 2338When you specify @option{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
252b5132
RH
2339address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and
2340data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
a4fb0134 2341older versions of @command{@value{AS}}. In future, @option{-R} may work this way.
252b5132 2342
c1253627
NC
2343@ifset COFF-ELF
2344When @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF or ELF output,
252b5132
RH
2345this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
2346@samp{.data}.
2347@end ifset
2348
2349@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134
SC
2350@option{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets. Using
2351@option{-R} generates a warning from @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2352@end ifset
2353
2354@node statistics
a4fb0134 2355@section Display Assembly Statistics: @option{--statistics}
252b5132
RH
2356
2357@kindex --statistics
2358@cindex statistics, about assembly
2359@cindex time, total for assembly
2360@cindex space used, maximum for assembly
2361Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by
a4fb0134 2362@command{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly
252b5132
RH
2363(in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu}
2364seconds).
2365
2366@node traditional-format
c1253627 2367@section Compatible Output: @option{--traditional-format}
252b5132
RH
2368
2369@kindex --traditional-format
a4fb0134 2370For some targets, the output of @command{@value{AS}} is different in some ways
252b5132 2371from the output of some existing assembler. This switch requests
a4fb0134 2372@command{@value{AS}} to use the traditional format instead.
252b5132
RH
2373
2374For example, it disables the exception frame optimizations which
a4fb0134 2375@command{@value{AS}} normally does by default on @code{@value{GCC}} output.
252b5132
RH
2376
2377@node v
a4fb0134 2378@section Announce Version: @option{-v}
252b5132
RH
2379
2380@kindex -v
2381@kindex -version
2382@cindex assembler version
2383@cindex version of assembler
2384You can find out what version of as is running by including the
2385option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
2386command line.
2387
2388@node W
a4fb0134 2389@section Control Warnings: @option{-W}, @option{--warn}, @option{--no-warn}, @option{--fatal-warnings}
252b5132 2390
a4fb0134 2391@command{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when
252b5132 2392assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often
a4fb0134 2393cause @command{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
252b5132 2394made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
2bdd6cf5 2395
c1253627
NC
2396@kindex -W
2397@kindex --no-warn
2bdd6cf5
GK
2398@cindex suppressing warnings
2399@cindex warnings, suppressing
a4fb0134 2400If you use the @option{-W} and @option{--no-warn} options, no warnings are issued.
2bdd6cf5 2401This only affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of
a4fb0134 2402how @command{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly,
2bdd6cf5
GK
2403are still reported.
2404
c1253627 2405@kindex --fatal-warnings
2bdd6cf5
GK
2406@cindex errors, caused by warnings
2407@cindex warnings, causing error
a4fb0134 2408If you use the @option{--fatal-warnings} option, @command{@value{AS}} considers
2bdd6cf5
GK
2409files that generate warnings to be in error.
2410
c1253627 2411@kindex --warn
2bdd6cf5 2412@cindex warnings, switching on
a4fb0134 2413You can switch these options off again by specifying @option{--warn}, which
2bdd6cf5 2414causes warnings to be output as usual.
252b5132
RH
2415
2416@node Z
a4fb0134 2417@section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @option{-Z}
252b5132
RH
2418@cindex object file, after errors
2419@cindex errors, continuing after
a4fb0134 2420After an error message, @command{@value{AS}} normally produces no output. If for
252b5132 2421some reason you are interested in object file output even after
a4fb0134
SC
2422@command{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z}
2423option. If there are any errors, @command{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and
252b5132
RH
2424writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n}
2425errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.}
2426
2427@node Syntax
2428@chapter Syntax
2429
2430@cindex machine-independent syntax
2431@cindex syntax, machine-independent
2432This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
a4fb0134 2433source file. @command{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other
252b5132
RH
2434assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2
2435@ifclear VAX
2436assembler.
2437@end ifclear
2438@ifset VAX
a4fb0134 2439assembler, except that @command{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
252b5132
RH
2440@end ifset
2441
2442@menu
7c31ae13 2443* Preprocessing:: Preprocessing
252b5132
RH
2444* Whitespace:: Whitespace
2445* Comments:: Comments
2446* Symbol Intro:: Symbols
2447* Statements:: Statements
2448* Constants:: Constants
2449@end menu
2450
2451@node Preprocessing
2452@section Preprocessing
2453
2454@cindex preprocessing
a4fb0134 2455The @command{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor:
252b5132
RH
2456@itemize @bullet
2457@cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
2458@item
2459adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before
2460the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
2461a single space.
2462
2463@cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
2464@item
2465removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
2466appropriate number of newlines.
2467
2468@cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
2469@item
2470converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
2471@end itemize
2472
2473It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or
2474anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor. You can
2475do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive
2476(@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver
c1253627 2477to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing by giving the input file a
96e9638b 2478@samp{.S} suffix. @xref{Overall Options, ,Options Controlling the Kind of
252b5132
RH
2479Output, gcc.info, Using GNU CC}.
2480
2481Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
2482cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
2483preprocessed.
2484
2485@cindex turning preprocessing on and off
2486@cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
2487@kindex #NO_APP
2488@kindex #APP
2489If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the
2490@samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file.
2491Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in
2492specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the
2493text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says
2494@code{#NO_APP} after this text. This feature is mainly intend to support
2495@code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments
2496and whitespace.
2497
2498@node Whitespace
2499@section Whitespace
2500
2501@cindex whitespace
2502@dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
2503Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
2504people to read. Unless within character constants
2505(@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
2506as exactly one space.
2507
2508@node Comments
2509@section Comments
2510
2511@cindex comments
a4fb0134 2512There are two ways of rendering comments to @command{@value{AS}}. In both
252b5132
RH
2513cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
2514
2515Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
2516This means you may not nest these comments.
2517
2518@smallexample
2519/*
2520 The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
2521 is to use this sort of comment.
2522*/
2523
2524/* This sort of comment does not nest. */
2525@end smallexample
2526
2527@cindex line comment character
7c31ae13
NC
2528Anything from a @dfn{line comment} character up to the next newline is
2529considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is target
2530specific, and some targets multiple comment characters. Some targets also have
2531line comment characters that only work if they are the first character on a
2532line. Some targets use a sequence of two characters to introduce a line
2533comment. Some targets can also change their line comment characters depending
2534upon command line options that have been used. For more details see the
2535@emph{Syntax} section in the documentation for individual targets.
2536
2537If the line comment character is the hash sign (@samp{#}) then it still has the
2538special ability to enable and disable preprocessing (@pxref{Preprocessing}) and
2539to specify logical line numbers:
252b5132
RH
2540
2541@kindex #
2542@cindex lines starting with @code{#}
2543@cindex logical line numbers
2544To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a
2545special interpretation. Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute
2546expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next}
96e9638b 2547line. Then a string (@pxref{Strings, ,Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a
252b5132
RH
2548new logical file name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
2549
2550If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
2551the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.)
2552
2553@smallexample
2554 # This is an ordinary comment.
2555# 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name
2556 # This is logical line # 36.
2557@end smallexample
2558This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
a4fb0134 2559of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2560
2561@node Symbol Intro
2562@section Symbols
2563
2564@cindex characters used in symbols
2565@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
2566A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2567letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2568@samp{_.$}.
2569@end ifclear
2570@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
2571@ifclear GENERIC
2572@ifset H8
2573A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2574letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2575@samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in
2576symbol names.)
2577@end ifset
2578@end ifclear
2579@end ifset
2580@ifset GENERIC
2581On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
2582are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.
2583@end ifset
2584No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant.
7bfd842d
NC
2585There is no length limit: all characters are significant. Multibyte characters
2586are supported. Symbols are delimited by characters not in that set, or by the
2587beginning of a file (since the source program must end with a newline, the end
2588of a file is not a possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}.
252b5132
RH
2589@cindex length of symbols
2590
2591@node Statements
2592@section Statements
2593
2594@cindex statements, structure of
2595@cindex line separator character
2596@cindex statement separator character
7c31ae13
NC
2597
2598A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or a
2599@dfn{line separator character}. The line separator character is target
2600specific and described in the @emph{Syntax} section of each
2601target's documentation. Not all targets support a line separator character.
2602The newline or line separator character is considered to be part of the
2603preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an
252b5132 2604exception: they do not end statements.
252b5132
RH
2605
2606@cindex newline, required at file end
2607@cindex EOF, newline must precede
2608It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last
2609character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
2610
2611An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored.
2612
2613@cindex instructions and directives
2614@cindex directives and instructions
2615@c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
2616@c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... doc@cygnus.com,
2617@c 13feb91.
2618A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
2619key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key
2620symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the
2621symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
2622directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with
2623a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
2624assembles into a machine language instruction.
2625@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2626Different versions of @command{@value{AS}} for different computers
252b5132
RH
2627recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may
2628represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
2629language.@refill
2630@end ifset
2631
2632@cindex @code{:} (label)
2633@cindex label (@code{:})
2634A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
2635Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
2636have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
2637
2638@ifset HPPA
01642c12 2639For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but
252b5132
RH
2640the definition of a label must begin in column zero. This also implies that
2641only one label may be defined on each line.
2642@end ifset
2643
2644@smallexample
2645label: .directive followed by something
2646another_label: # This is an empty statement.
2647 instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
2648@end smallexample
2649
2650@node Constants
2651@section Constants
2652
2653@cindex constants
2654A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
2655inspection, without knowing any context. Like this:
2656@smallexample
2657@group
2658.byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
2659.ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant.
2660.octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
2661.float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
266295028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum.
2663@end group
2664@end smallexample
2665
2666@menu
2667* Characters:: Character Constants
2668* Numbers:: Number Constants
2669@end menu
2670
2671@node Characters
2672@subsection Character Constants
2673
2674@cindex character constants
2675@cindex constants, character
2676There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands
2677for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
2678numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string
2679@emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
2680used in arithmetic expressions.
2681
2682@menu
2683* Strings:: Strings
2684* Chars:: Characters
2685@end menu
2686
2687@node Strings
2688@subsubsection Strings
2689
2690@cindex string constants
2691@cindex constants, string
2692A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain
2693double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters
2694into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
2695a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents
2696one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
a4fb0134
SC
2697@command{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
2698(which prevents @command{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
252b5132
RH
2699escape character). The complete list of escapes follows.
2700
2701@cindex escape codes, character
2702@cindex character escape codes
2703@table @kbd
2704@c @item \a
2705@c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
2706@c
2707@cindex @code{\b} (backspace character)
2708@cindex backspace (@code{\b})
2709@item \b
2710Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
2711
2712@c @item \e
2713@c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
2714@c
2715@cindex @code{\f} (formfeed character)
2716@cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
2717@item \f
2718Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
2719
2720@cindex @code{\n} (newline character)
2721@cindex newline (@code{\n})
2722@item \n
2723Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
2724
2725@c @item \p
2726@c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
2727@c
2728@cindex @code{\r} (carriage return character)
2729@cindex carriage return (@code{\r})
2730@item \r
2731Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
2732
2733@c @item \s
2734@c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with
2735@c other assemblers.
2736@c
2737@cindex @code{\t} (tab)
2738@cindex tab (@code{\t})
2739@item \t
2740Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
2741
2742@c @item \v
2743@c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
2744@c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2745@c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
2746@c
2747@cindex @code{\@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
2748@cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
2749@item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2750An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
2751For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
2752for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
2753
2754@cindex @code{\@var{xd...}} (hex character code)
2755@cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}})
2756@item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...}
2757A hex character code. All trailing hex digits are combined. Either upper or
2758lower case @code{x} works.
2759
2760@cindex @code{\\} (@samp{\} character)
2761@cindex backslash (@code{\\})
2762@item \\
2763Represents one @samp{\} character.
2764
2765@c @item \'
2766@c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
2767@c This is needed in single character literals
2768@c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
2769@c a @samp{'}.
2770@c
2771@cindex @code{\"} (doublequote character)
2772@cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
2773@item \"
2774Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent
2775this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
2776
2777@item \ @var{anything-else}
2778Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but
2779assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if
2780you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
a4fb0134
SC
2781interpretation of the following character. However @command{@value{AS}} has no
2782other interpretation, so @command{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong
252b5132
RH
2783code and warns you of the fact.
2784@end table
2785
2786Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
2787varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think
2788the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
2789compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, do not use an escape
2790sequence.
2791
2792@node Chars
2793@subsubsection Characters
2794
2795@cindex single character constant
2796@cindex character, single
2797@cindex constant, single character
2798A single character may be written as a single quote immediately
2799followed by that character. The same escapes apply to characters as
2800to strings. So if you want to write the character backslash, you
2801must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes the second
2802@code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a
2803grave accent. A newline
2804@ifclear GENERIC
2805@ifclear abnormal-separator
2806(or semicolon @samp{;})
2807@end ifclear
2808@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
2809@ifset H8
2810(or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the
7be1c489 2811Renesas SH)
252b5132
RH
2812@end ifset
2813@end ifset
2814@end ifclear
2815immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
2816and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character
2817constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
a4fb0134 2818that character. @command{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII:
252b5132
RH
2819@kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
2820
2821@node Numbers
2822@subsection Number Constants
2823
2824@cindex constants, number
2825@cindex number constants
a4fb0134 2826@command{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
252b5132
RH
2827are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that
2828would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are
2829integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums}
2830are floating point numbers, described below.
2831
2832@menu
2833* Integers:: Integers
2834* Bignums:: Bignums
2835* Flonums:: Flonums
2836@ifclear GENERIC
2837@ifset I960
2838* Bit Fields:: Bit Fields
2839@end ifset
2840@end ifclear
2841@end menu
2842
2843@node Integers
2844@subsubsection Integers
2845@cindex integers
2846@cindex constants, integer
2847
2848@cindex binary integers
2849@cindex integers, binary
2850A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
2851the binary digits @samp{01}.
2852
2853@cindex octal integers
2854@cindex integers, octal
2855An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
2856digits (@samp{01234567}).
2857
2858@cindex decimal integers
2859@cindex integers, decimal
2860A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
2861more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
2862
2863@cindex hexadecimal integers
2864@cindex integers, hexadecimal
2865A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
2866more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
2867
2868Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use
2869the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
2870(@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
2871
2872@node Bignums
2873@subsubsection Bignums
2874
2875@cindex bignums
2876@cindex constants, bignum
2877A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
2878except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
2879represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places
2880integers are permitted while bignums are not.
2881
2882@node Flonums
2883@subsubsection Flonums
2884@cindex flonums
2885@cindex floating point numbers
2886@cindex constants, floating point
2887
2888@cindex precision, floating point
2889A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is
2890indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
a4fb0134 2891@command{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
252b5132
RH
2892sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted
2893to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
a4fb0134 2894portion of @command{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer.
252b5132
RH
2895
2896A flonum is written by writing (in order)
2897@itemize @bullet
2898@item
2899The digit @samp{0}.
2900@ifset HPPA
2901(@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.)
2902@end ifset
2903
2904@item
a4fb0134 2905A letter, to tell @command{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum.
252b5132
RH
2906@ifset GENERIC
2907@kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important.
2908@ignore
2909@c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
2910(Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD
29114.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
2912@end ignore
2913
7be1c489 2914On the H8/300, Renesas / SuperH SH,
252b5132
RH
2915and AMD 29K architectures, the letter must be
2916one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
2917
2918On the ARC, the letter must be one of the letters @samp{DFRS}
2919(in upper or lower case).
2920
2921On the Intel 960 architecture, the letter must be
2922one of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
2923
2924On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only).
2925@end ifset
2926@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
2927@ifset ARC
2928One of the letters @samp{DFRS} (in upper or lower case).
2929@end ifset
2930@ifset H8
2931One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
2932@end ifset
2933@ifset HPPA
2934The letter @samp{E} (upper case only).
2935@end ifset
2936@ifset I960
2937One of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
2938@end ifset
2939@end ifclear
2940
2941@item
2942An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
2943
2944@item
2945An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
2946
2947@item
2948An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
2949or more decimal digits.
2950
2951@item
2952An optional exponent, consisting of:
2953
2954@itemize @bullet
2955@item
2956An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
2957@c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
2958@c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
2959@item
2960Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
2961@item
2962One or more decimal digits.
2963@end itemize
2964
2965@end itemize
2966
2967At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
2968present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
2969
a4fb0134 2970@command{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed
252b5132 2971independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
a4fb0134 2972@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2973
2974@ifclear GENERIC
2975@ifset I960
2976@c Bit fields are written as a general facility but are also controlled
2977@c by a conditional-compilation flag---which is as of now (21mar91)
2978@c turned on only by the i960 config of GAS.
2979@node Bit Fields
2980@subsubsection Bit Fields
2981
2982@cindex bit fields
2983@cindex constants, bit field
2984You can also define numeric constants as @dfn{bit fields}.
b45619c0 2985Specify two numbers separated by a colon---
252b5132
RH
2986@example
2987@var{mask}:@var{value}
2988@end example
2989@noindent
a4fb0134 2990@command{@value{AS}} applies a bitwise @sc{and} between @var{mask} and
252b5132
RH
2991@var{value}.
2992
2993The resulting number is then packed
2994@ifset GENERIC
2995@c this conditional paren in case bit fields turned on elsewhere than 960
2996(in host-dependent byte order)
2997@end ifset
2998into a field whose width depends on which assembler directive has the
2999bit-field as its argument. Overflow (a result from the bitwise and
3000requiring more binary digits to represent) is not an error; instead,
3001more constants are generated, of the specified width, beginning with the
3002least significant digits.@refill
3003
3004The directives @code{.byte}, @code{.hword}, @code{.int}, @code{.long},
3005@code{.short}, and @code{.word} accept bit-field arguments.
3006@end ifset
3007@end ifclear
3008
3009@node Sections
3010@chapter Sections and Relocation
3011@cindex sections
3012@cindex relocation
3013
3014@menu
3015* Secs Background:: Background
3016* Ld Sections:: Linker Sections
3017* As Sections:: Assembler Internal Sections
3018* Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections
3019* bss:: bss Section
3020@end menu
3021
3022@node Secs Background
3023@section Background
3024
3025Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
3026``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
3027For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
3028
3029@cindex linker, and assembler
3030@cindex assembler, and linker
3031The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and
a4fb0134 3032combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
3033emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0.
3034@code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that
3035different partial programs do not overlap. This is actually an
a4fb0134 3036oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @command{@value{AS}} uses
252b5132
RH
3037sections.
3038
3039@code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
3040addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
3041units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
3042within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning
3043run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes
3044the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
3045the proper run-time addresses.
3046@ifset H8
7be1c489 3047For the H8/300, and for the Renesas / SuperH SH,
a4fb0134 3048@command{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to
252b5132
RH
3049ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
3050@end ifset
3051
3052@cindex standard assembler sections
a4fb0134 3053An object file written by @command{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any
252b5132
RH
3054of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
3055@dfn{bss} sections.
3056
c1253627 3057@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 3058@ifset GENERIC
c1253627 3059When it generates COFF or ELF output,
252b5132 3060@end ifset
a4fb0134 3061@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
252b5132
RH
3062using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
3063If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
3064or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty.
3065@end ifset
3066
3067@ifset HPPA
3068@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 3069When @command{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA,
252b5132 3070@end ifset
a4fb0134 3071@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you
252b5132
RH
3072specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives. See
3073@cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual}
3074(HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace}
3075assembler directives.
3076
3077@ifset SOM
a4fb0134 3078Additionally, @command{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard
252b5132
RH
3079text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output. Program text
3080is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and
3081BSS into @samp{$BSS$}.
3082@end ifset
3083@end ifset
3084
3085Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
3086data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
3087
3088@ifset HPPA
3089When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text
3090section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address
3091@code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section.
3092@end ifset
3093
3094To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are
a4fb0134 3095relocated, and how to change that data, @command{@value{AS}} also writes to the
252b5132
RH
3096object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation
3097@code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object
3098file is mentioned:
3099@itemize @bullet
3100@item
3101Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
3102an address?
3103@item
3104How long (in bytes) is this reference?
3105@item
3106Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of
3107@display
3108(@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
3109@end display
3110@item
3111Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
3112@end itemize
3113
3114@cindex addresses, format of
3115@cindex section-relative addressing
a4fb0134 3116In fact, every address @command{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as
252b5132
RH
3117@display
3118(@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
3119@end display
3120@noindent
a4fb0134 3121Further, most expressions @command{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative
252b5132
RH
3122nature.
3123@ifset SOM
3124(For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are
3125symbol-relative instead.)
3126@end ifset
3127
3128In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset
3129@var{N} into section @var{secname}.''
3130
3131Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
3132@dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs,
3133addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address
3134@code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by
3135@code{@value{LD}}. Although the linker never arranges two partial programs'
3136data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition}
3137their absolute sections must overlap. Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one
3138part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as
3139address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program.
3140
3141The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any
3142address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
3143rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later.
3144Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
3145address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named
3146common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
3147time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
3148
3149By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
3150the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text
3151sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is
3152customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
3153the addresses of all partial programs' text sections. Likewise for
3154data and bss sections.
3155
3156Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for
a4fb0134 3157use of @command{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly.
252b5132
RH
3158
3159@node Ld Sections
3160@section Linker Sections
3161@code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
3162
3163@table @strong
3164
c1253627 3165@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3166@cindex named sections
3167@cindex sections, named
3168@item named sections
3169@end ifset
3170@ifset aout-bout
3171@cindex text section
3172@cindex data section
3173@itemx text section
3174@itemx data section
3175@end ifset
a4fb0134 3176These sections hold your program. @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as
252b5132 3177separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is
c1253627
NC
3178true of another.
3179@c @ifset aout-bout
252b5132
RH
3180When the program is running, however, it is
3181customary for the text section to be unalterable. The
3182text section is often shared among processes: it contains
3183instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running
3184program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
3185in the data section.
c1253627 3186@c @end ifset
252b5132
RH
3187
3188@cindex bss section
3189@item bss section
3190This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It
a349d9dd 3191is used to hold uninitialized variables or common storage. The length of
252b5132
RH
3192each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
3193out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
3194bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate
3195those explicit zeros from object files.
3196
3197@cindex absolute section
3198@item absolute section
3199Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
3200This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must
3201not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute
3202addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation.
3203
3204@cindex undefined section
3205@item undefined section
3206This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
3207the preceding sections.
3208@c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
3209@end table
3210
3211@cindex relocation example
3212An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
c1253627 3213@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3214The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
3215@end ifset
3216Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
3217
3218@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3219@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3220@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3221@smallexample
3222 +-----+----+--+
3223partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00|
3224 +-----+----+--+
3225
3226 text data bss
3227 seg. seg. seg.
3228
3229 +---+---+---+
3230partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000|
3231 +---+---+---+
3232
3233 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3234linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000|
3235 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3236
3237 addresses: 0 @dots{}
3238@end smallexample
3239@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3240@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3241@need 5000
3242@tex
c1253627 3243\bigskip
252b5132
RH
3244\line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
3245\line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3246\line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
3247
3248\line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
3249\line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3250\line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
3251
3252\line{\it linked program: \hfil}
3253\line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3254\line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
3255ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
3256DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
3257
3258\line{\it addresses: \hfil}
3259\line{0\dots\hfil}
3260
3261@end tex
3262@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3263
3264@node As Sections
3265@section Assembler Internal Sections
3266
3267@cindex internal assembler sections
3268@cindex sections in messages, internal
a4fb0134 3269These sections are meant only for the internal use of @command{@value{AS}}. They
252b5132 3270have no meaning at run-time. You do not really need to know about these
a4fb0134 3271sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132 3272warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
a4fb0134 3273meanings to @command{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the
252b5132
RH
3274value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
3275section-relative address.
3276
3277@table @b
3278@cindex assembler internal logic error
3279@item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
3280An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a
3281bug in the assembler.
3282
3283@cindex expr (internal section)
3284@item expr section
3285The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of
3286symbols. When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts
3287it in the expr section.
3288@c FIXME item debug
3289@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
3290@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
3291@c FIXME item register
3292@end table
3293
3294@node Sub-Sections
3295@section Sub-Sections
3296
3297@cindex numbered subsections
3298@cindex grouping data
3299@ifset aout-bout
3300Assembled bytes
c1253627 3301@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3302conventionally
3303@end ifset
3304fall into two sections: text and data.
3305@end ifset
3306You may have separate groups of
3307@ifset GENERIC
3308data in named sections
3309@end ifset
3310@ifclear GENERIC
3311@ifclear aout-bout
3312data in named sections
3313@end ifclear
3314@ifset aout-bout
3315text or data
3316@end ifset
3317@end ifclear
3318that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they
a4fb0134 3319are not contiguous in the assembler source. @command{@value{AS}} allows you to
252b5132
RH
3320use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose. Within each section, there can be
3321numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the
3322same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same
3323subsection. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text
3324section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being
3325assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each
3326section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of
3327constants being output.
3328
3329Subsections are optional. If you do not use subsections, everything
3330goes in subsection number zero.
3331
3332@ifset GENERIC
3333Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
3334(Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
a4fb0134 3335of @command{@value{AS}}.)
252b5132
RH
3336@end ifset
3337@ifclear GENERIC
3338@ifset H8
7be1c489 3339On the H8/300 platform, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
252b5132 3340boundary (two bytes).
c2dcd04e 3341The same is true on the Renesas SH.
252b5132
RH
3342@end ifset
3343@ifset I960
3344@c FIXME section padding (alignment)?
3345@c Rich Pixley says padding here depends on target obj code format; that
3346@c doesn't seem particularly useful to say without further elaboration,
3347@c so for now I say nothing about it. If this is a generic BFD issue,
3348@c these paragraphs might need to vanish from this manual, and be
3349@c discussed in BFD chapter of binutils (or some such).
3350@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3351@end ifclear
3352
3353Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
3354to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
3355The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and
3356other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them.
3357They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
3358data subsections as a data section.
3359
3360To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
3361into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
3362@var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
ed9589d4 3363@ifset COFF
252b5132 3364@ifset GENERIC
ed9589d4 3365When generating COFF output, you
252b5132
RH
3366@end ifset
3367@ifclear GENERIC
3368You
3369@end ifclear
3370can also use an extra subsection
3371argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
3372@var{expression}}.
3373@end ifset
ed9589d4
BW
3374@ifset ELF
3375@ifset GENERIC
3376When generating ELF output, you
3377@end ifset
3378@ifclear GENERIC
3379You
3380@end ifclear
3381can also use the @code{.subsection} directive (@pxref{SubSection})
3382to specify a subsection: @samp{.subsection @var{expression}}.
3383@end ifset
96e9638b
BW
3384@var{Expression} should be an absolute expression
3385(@pxref{Expressions}). If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
252b5132
RH
3386is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly
3387begins in @code{text 0}. For instance:
3388@smallexample
3389.text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
3390.ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
3391.text 1
3392.ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
3393.data 0
3394.ascii "This lives in the data section,"
3395.ascii "in the first data subsection."
3396.text 0
3397.ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
3398.ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
3399@end smallexample
3400
3401Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte
3402assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a convenience
a4fb0134 3403restricted to @command{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location
252b5132
RH
3404counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the
3405@code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its
3406current value. The location counter of the section where statements are being
3407assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter.
3408
3409@node bss
3410@section bss Section
3411
3412@cindex bss section
3413@cindex common variable storage
3414The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
3415You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
3416not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When
3417your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
3418section are zeroed bytes.
3419
3420The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see
3421@ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
3422
3423The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is
96e9638b 3424another form of uninitialized symbol; see @ref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}.
252b5132
RH
3425
3426@ifset GENERIC
3427When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or
3428COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual;
3429see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}. You may only assemble zero values into the
3430section. Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and
3431@code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}).
3432@end ifset
3433
3434@node Symbols
3435@chapter Symbols
3436
3437@cindex symbols
3438Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
3439things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
3440to debug.
3441
3442@quotation
3443@cindex debuggers, and symbol order
a4fb0134 3444@emph{Warning:} @command{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in
252b5132
RH
3445the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers.
3446@end quotation
3447
3448@menu
3449* Labels:: Labels
3450* Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values
3451* Symbol Names:: Symbol Names
3452* Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol
3453* Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes
3454@end menu
3455
3456@node Labels
3457@section Labels
3458
3459@cindex labels
3460A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
3461@samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the
3462active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
3463operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
3464different locations: the first definition overrides any other
3465definitions.
3466
3467@ifset HPPA
3468On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a
3469colon, but instead must start in column zero. Only one label may be defined on
a4fb0134 3470a single line. To work around this, the HPPA version of @command{@value{AS}} also
252b5132
RH
3471provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly.
3472@end ifset
3473
3474@node Setting Symbols
3475@section Giving Symbols Other Values
3476
3477@cindex assigning values to symbols
3478@cindex symbol values, assigning
3479A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
3480by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
3481(@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
9497f5ac
NC
3482directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}. In the same way, using a double
3483equals sign @samp{=}@samp{=} here represents an equivalent of the
3484@code{.eqv} directive. @xref{Eqv,,@code{.eqv}}.
252b5132 3485
f8739b83
JZ
3486@ifset Blackfin
3487Blackfin does not support symbol assignment with @samp{=}.
3488@end ifset
3489
252b5132
RH
3490@node Symbol Names
3491@section Symbol Names
3492
3493@cindex symbol names
3494@cindex names, symbol
3495@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
3496Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most
3497machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are
3498noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any
96e9638b
BW
3499string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted for a
3500particular target machine), and underscores.
252b5132 3501@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3502@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
3503@ifset H8
3504Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the
7be1c489 3505Renesas SH you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That
c2dcd04e
NC
3506character may be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save
3507on the H8/300), and underscores.
252b5132
RH
3508@end ifset
3509@end ifset
3510
3511Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name
3512than @code{Foo}.
3513
7bfd842d
NC
3514Multibyte characters are supported. To generate a symbol name containing
3515multibyte characters enclose it within double quotes and use escape codes. cf
3516@xref{Strings}. Generating a multibyte symbol name from a label is not
3517currently supported.
3518
252b5132
RH
3519Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language program
3520refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any number of times
3521in a program.
3522
3523@subheading Local Symbol Names
3524
3525@cindex local symbol names
3526@cindex symbol names, local
ba83aca1
BW
3527A local symbol is any symbol beginning with certain local label prefixes.
3528By default, the local label prefix is @samp{.L} for ELF systems or
3529@samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, but each target may have its own
3530set of local label prefixes.
3531@ifset HPPA
3532On the HPPA local symbols begin with @samp{L$}.
3533@end ifset
3534
3535Local symbols are defined and used within the assembler, but they are
3536normally not saved in object files. Thus, they are not visible when debugging.
3537You may use the @samp{-L} option (@pxref{L, ,Include Local Symbols:
3538@option{-L}}) to retain the local symbols in the object files.
3539
3540@subheading Local Labels
3541
3542@cindex local labels
252b5132
RH
3543@cindex temporary symbol names
3544@cindex symbol names, temporary
ba83aca1 3545Local labels help compilers and programmers use names temporarily.
2d5aaba0
NC
3546They create symbols which are guaranteed to be unique over the entire scope of
3547the input source code and which can be referred to by a simple notation.
ba83aca1 3548To define a local label, write a label of the form @samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N}
2d5aaba0 3549represents any positive integer). To refer to the most recent previous
ba83aca1 3550definition of that label write @samp{@b{N}b}, using the same number as when
2d5aaba0 3551you defined the label. To refer to the next definition of a local label, write
96e9638b 3552@samp{@b{N}f}---the @samp{b} stands for ``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands
2d5aaba0
NC
3553for ``forwards''.
3554
3555There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, and you can reuse them
3556too. So that it is possible to repeatedly define the same local label (using
3557the same number @samp{@b{N}}), although you can only refer to the most recently
3558defined local label of that number (for a backwards reference) or the next
3559definition of a specific local label for a forward reference. It is also worth
3560noting that the first 10 local labels (@samp{@b{0:}}@dots{}@samp{@b{9:}}) are
3561implemented in a slightly more efficient manner than the others.
3562
3563Here is an example:
3564
3565@smallexample
35661: branch 1f
35672: branch 1b
35681: branch 2f
35692: branch 1b
3570@end smallexample
3571
3572Which is the equivalent of:
3573
3574@smallexample
3575label_1: branch label_3
3576label_2: branch label_1
3577label_3: branch label_4
3578label_4: branch label_3
3579@end smallexample
3580
ba83aca1 3581Local label names are only a notational device. They are immediately
2d5aaba0 3582transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler uses them.
96e9638b
BW
3583The symbol names are stored in the symbol table, appear in error messages, and
3584are optionally emitted to the object file. The names are constructed using
3585these parts:
252b5132
RH
3586
3587@table @code
ba83aca1
BW
3588@item @emph{local label prefix}
3589All local symbols begin with the system-specific local label prefix.
3590Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} forget symbols
3591that start with the local label prefix. These labels are
252b5132 3592used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you use the
a4fb0134 3593@samp{-L} option then @command{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the
252b5132
RH
3594object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols,
3595you may use them in debugging.
3596
2d5aaba0
NC
3597@item @var{number}
3598This is the number that was used in the local label definition. So if the
01642c12 3599label is written @samp{55:} then the number is @samp{55}.
252b5132 3600
2d5aaba0
NC
3601@item @kbd{C-B}
3602This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent a symbol
3603of the same name. The character has ASCII value of @samp{\002} (control-B).
252b5132
RH
3604
3605@item @emph{ordinal number}
2d5aaba0 3606This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first definition of
01642c12 3607@samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}. The 15th definition of @samp{0:} gets the
2d5aaba0 3608number @samp{15}, and so on. Likewise the first definition of @samp{1:} gets
b45619c0 3609the number @samp{1} and its 15th definition gets @samp{15} as well.
252b5132
RH
3610@end table
3611
ba83aca1
BW
3612So for example, the first @code{1:} may be named @code{.L1@kbd{C-B}1}, and
3613the 44th @code{3:} may be named @code{.L3@kbd{C-B}44}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3614
3615@subheading Dollar Local Labels
3616@cindex dollar local symbols
3617
3618@code{@value{AS}} also supports an even more local form of local labels called
96e9638b
BW
3619dollar labels. These labels go out of scope (i.e., they become undefined) as
3620soon as a non-local label is defined. Thus they remain valid for only a small
2d5aaba0
NC
3621region of the input source code. Normal local labels, by contrast, remain in
3622scope for the entire file, or until they are redefined by another occurrence of
3623the same local label.
3624
3625Dollar labels are defined in exactly the same way as ordinary local labels,
77cca80f
NC
3626except that they have a dollar sign suffix to their numeric value, e.g.,
3627@samp{@b{55$:}}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3628
3629They can also be distinguished from ordinary local labels by their transformed
96e9638b
BW
3630names which use ASCII character @samp{\001} (control-A) as the magic character
3631to distinguish them from ordinary labels. For example, the fifth definition of
ba83aca1 3632@samp{6$} may be named @samp{.L6@kbd{C-A}5}.
252b5132
RH
3633
3634@node Dot
3635@section The Special Dot Symbol
3636
3637@cindex dot (symbol)
3638@cindex @code{.} (symbol)
3639@cindex current address
3640@cindex location counter
3641The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
a4fb0134 3642@command{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
252b5132
RH
3643.long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
3644Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
884f0d36 3645directive.
252b5132 3646@ifclear no-space-dir
884f0d36 3647Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
252b5132
RH
3648@samp{.space 4}.
3649@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3650
3651@node Symbol Attributes
3652@section Symbol Attributes
3653
3654@cindex symbol attributes
3655@cindex attributes, symbol
3656Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
3657``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
3658attributes.
3659@ifset INTERNALS
3660The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}.
3661@end ifset
3662
a4fb0134 3663If you use a symbol without defining it, @command{@value{AS}} assumes zero for
252b5132
RH
3664all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the
3665symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
3666would want.
3667
3668@menu
3669* Symbol Value:: Value
3670* Symbol Type:: Type
3671@ifset aout-bout
3672@ifset GENERIC
3673* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3674@end ifset
3675@ifclear GENERIC
3676@ifclear BOUT
3677* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3678@end ifclear
3679@ifset BOUT
3680* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3681@end ifset
3682@end ifclear
3683@end ifset
3684@ifset COFF
3685* COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF
3686@end ifset
3687@ifset SOM
3688* SOM Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for SOM
3689@end ifset
3690@end menu
3691
3692@node Symbol Value
3693@subsection Value
3694
3695@cindex value of a symbol
3696@cindex symbol value
3697The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a
3698location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
3699number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
3700Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
3701as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute
3702symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
3703called absolute.
3704
3705The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is
37060 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and
3707@code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the
3708same program. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
3709name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
3710common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
3711bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the
3712allocated storage.
3713
3714@node Symbol Type
3715@subsection Type
3716
3717@cindex type of a symbol
3718@cindex symbol type
3719The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
3720information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
3721(optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact
3722format depends on the object-code output format in use.
3723
3724@ifset aout-bout
3725@ifclear GENERIC
3726@ifset BOUT
3727@c The following avoids a "widow" subsection title. @group would be
3728@c better if it were available outside examples.
3729@need 1000
3730@node a.out Symbols
3731@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3732
3733@cindex @code{b.out} symbol attributes
3734@cindex symbol attributes, @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 3735These symbol attributes appear only when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for
252b5132
RH
3736one of the Berkeley-descended object output formats---@code{a.out} or
3737@code{b.out}.
3738
3739@end ifset
3740@ifclear BOUT
3741@node a.out Symbols
3742@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3743
3744@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3745@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3746
3747@end ifclear
3748@end ifclear
3749@ifset GENERIC
3750@node a.out Symbols
3751@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3752
3753@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3754@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3755
3756@end ifset
3757@menu
3758* Symbol Desc:: Descriptor
3759* Symbol Other:: Other
3760@end menu
3761
3762@node Symbol Desc
3763@subsubsection Descriptor
3764
3765@cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
3766This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's
3767descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
3768(@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to
a4fb0134 3769@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3770
3771@node Symbol Other
3772@subsubsection Other
3773
3774@cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
a4fb0134 3775This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3776@end ifset
3777
3778@ifset COFF
3779@node COFF Symbols
3780@subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
3781
3782@cindex COFF symbol attributes
3783@cindex symbol attributes, COFF
3784
3785The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
3786like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
3787@code{.endef} directives.
3788
3789@subsubsection Primary Attributes
3790
3791@cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
3792The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
3793respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
3794
3795@subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
3796
3797@cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
a4fb0134 3798The @command{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
c87db184
CF
3799@code{.size}, @code{.tag}, and @code{.weak} can generate auxiliary symbol
3800table information for COFF.
252b5132
RH
3801@end ifset
3802
3803@ifset SOM
3804@node SOM Symbols
3805@subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM
3806
3807@cindex SOM symbol attributes
3808@cindex symbol attributes, SOM
3809
3810The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with
3811the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives.
3812
01642c12 3813The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly
252b5132
RH
3814Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and
3815@code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation.
3816@end ifset
3817
3818@node Expressions
3819@chapter Expressions
3820
3821@cindex expressions
3822@cindex addresses
3823@cindex numeric values
3824An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
3825Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
3826
3827The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into
3828a particular section. If an expression is not absolute, and there is not
a4fb0134 3829enough information when @command{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its
252b5132
RH
3830section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret
3831the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented.
a4fb0134 3832@command{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation.
252b5132
RH
3833
3834@menu
3835* Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions
3836* Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions
3837@end menu
3838
3839@node Empty Exprs
3840@section Empty Expressions
3841
3842@cindex empty expressions
3843@cindex expressions, empty
3844An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
3845Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
a4fb0134 3846expression, and @command{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0. This
252b5132
RH
3847is compatible with other assemblers.
3848
3849@node Integer Exprs
3850@section Integer Expressions
3851
3852@cindex integer expressions
3853@cindex expressions, integer
3854An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
3855by @emph{operators}.
3856
3857@menu
3858* Arguments:: Arguments
3859* Operators:: Operators
3860* Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators
3861* Infix Ops:: Infix Operators
3862@end menu
3863
3864@node Arguments
3865@subsection Arguments
3866
3867@cindex expression arguments
3868@cindex arguments in expressions
3869@cindex operands in expressions
3870@cindex arithmetic operands
3871@dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other
3872contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In
3873this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
3874the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
3875expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
3876instruction operands.
3877
3878Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
3879@var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
3880or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
3881integer.
3882
3883Numbers are usually integers.
3884
3885A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned
a4fb0134 3886that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @command{@value{AS}} pretends
252b5132
RH
3887these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating
3888instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
3889assemblers.
3890
3891@cindex subexpressions
3892Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
3893expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
3894operator followed by an argument.
3895
3896@node Operators
3897@subsection Operators
3898
3899@cindex operators, in expressions
3900@cindex arithmetic functions
3901@cindex functions, in expressions
3902@dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix
3903operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear
3904between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
3905whitespace.
3906
3907@node Prefix Ops
3908@subsection Prefix Operator
3909
3910@cindex prefix operators
a4fb0134 3911@command{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take
252b5132
RH
3912one argument, which must be absolute.
3913
3914@c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
3915@c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
3916@c section (which is inside an enumerate).
3917@tex
3918\global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
3919@end tex
3920
3921@table @code
3922@item -
3923@dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation.
3924@item ~
3925@dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not.
3926@end table
3927
3928@tex
3929\global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
3930@end tex
3931
3932@node Infix Ops
3933@subsection Infix Operators
3934
3935@cindex infix operators
3936@cindex operators, permitted arguments
3937@dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators
3938have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
a4fb0134 3939to right. Apart from @code{+} or @option{-}, both arguments must be
252b5132
RH
3940absolute, and the result is absolute.
3941
3942@enumerate
3943@cindex operator precedence
3944@cindex precedence of operators
3945
3946@item
3947Highest Precedence
3948
3949@table @code
3950@item *
3951@dfn{Multiplication}.
3952
3953@item /
3954@dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
3955
3956@item %
3957@dfn{Remainder}.
3958
d1eac9d9 3959@item <<
252b5132
RH
3960@dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}.
3961
d1eac9d9 3962@item >>
252b5132
RH
3963@dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}.
3964@end table
3965
3966@item
3967Intermediate precedence
3968
3969@table @code
3970@item |
3971
3972@dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
3973
3974@item &
3975@dfn{Bitwise And}.
3976
3977@item ^
3978@dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
3979
3980@item !
3981@dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
3982@end table
3983
3984@item
b131d4dc 3985Low Precedence
252b5132
RH
3986
3987@table @code
3988@cindex addition, permitted arguments
3989@cindex plus, permitted arguments
3990@cindex arguments for addition
3991@item +
3992@dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of
3993the other argument. You may not add together arguments from different
3994sections.
3995
3996@cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
3997@cindex minus, permitted arguments
3998@cindex arguments for subtraction
3999@item -
4000@dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the
4001result has the section of the left argument.
4002If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute.
4003You may not subtract arguments from different sections.
4004@c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ?
b131d4dc
NC
4005
4006@cindex comparison expressions
4007@cindex expressions, comparison
4008@item ==
4009@dfn{Is Equal To}
4010@item <>
723a8472 4011@itemx !=
b131d4dc
NC
4012@dfn{Is Not Equal To}
4013@item <
4014@dfn{Is Less Than}
d1eac9d9 4015@item >
b131d4dc 4016@dfn{Is Greater Than}
d1eac9d9 4017@item >=
b131d4dc 4018@dfn{Is Greater Than Or Equal To}
d1eac9d9 4019@item <=
b131d4dc
NC
4020@dfn{Is Less Than Or Equal To}
4021
4022The comparison operators can be used as infix operators. A true results has a
4023value of -1 whereas a false result has a value of 0. Note, these operators
4024perform signed comparisons.
4025@end table
4026
4027@item Lowest Precedence
4028
4029@table @code
4030@item &&
4031@dfn{Logical And}.
4032
4033@item ||
4034@dfn{Logical Or}.
4035
4036These two logical operations can be used to combine the results of sub
4037expressions. Note, unlike the comparison operators a true result returns a
4038value of 1 but a false results does still return 0. Also note that the logical
4039or operator has a slightly lower precedence than logical and.
4040
252b5132
RH
4041@end table
4042@end enumerate
4043
4044In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an
4045address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments.
4046
4047@node Pseudo Ops
4048@chapter Assembler Directives
4049
4050@cindex directives, machine independent
4051@cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
4052@cindex machine independent directives
4053All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
4054The rest of the name is letters, usually in lower case.
4055
4056This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the
4057target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler.
4058@ifset GENERIC
4059Some machine configurations provide additional directives.
4060@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4061@end ifset
4062@ifclear GENERIC
4063@ifset machine-directives
96e9638b 4064@xref{Machine Dependencies}, for additional directives.
252b5132
RH
4065@end ifset
4066@end ifclear
4067
4068@menu
4069* Abort:: @code{.abort}
4070@ifset COFF
38a57ae7 4071* ABORT (COFF):: @code{.ABORT}
252b5132 4072@end ifset
f0dc282c 4073
252b5132 4074* Align:: @code{.align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
caa32fe5 4075* Altmacro:: @code{.altmacro}
252b5132
RH
4076* Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4077* Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4078* Balign:: @code{.balign @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
fa94de6b 4079* Bundle directives:: @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}, @code{.bundle_lock}, @code{.bundle_unlock}
252b5132 4080* Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4b7d318b 4081* CFI directives:: @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}, @code{.cfi_endproc}, etc.
ccf8a69b 4082* Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
252b5132
RH
4083* Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4084@ifset COFF
4085* Def:: @code{.def @var{name}}
4086@end ifset
4087@ifset aout-bout
4088* Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4089@end ifset
4090@ifset COFF
4091* Dim:: @code{.dim}
4092@end ifset
f0dc282c 4093
252b5132
RH
4094* Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4095* Eject:: @code{.eject}
4096* Else:: @code{.else}
3fd9f047 4097* Elseif:: @code{.elseif}
252b5132
RH
4098* End:: @code{.end}
4099@ifset COFF
4100* Endef:: @code{.endef}
4101@end ifset
f0dc282c 4102
252b5132
RH
4103* Endfunc:: @code{.endfunc}
4104* Endif:: @code{.endif}
4105* Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4106* Equiv:: @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
9497f5ac 4107* Eqv:: @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
252b5132 4108* Err:: @code{.err}
d190d046 4109* Error:: @code{.error @var{string}}
252b5132
RH
4110* Exitm:: @code{.exitm}
4111* Extern:: @code{.extern}
4112* Fail:: @code{.fail}
14082c76 4113* File:: @code{.file}
252b5132
RH
4114* Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4115* Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}}
01642c12 4116* Func:: @code{.func}
252b5132 4117* Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
c91d2e08 4118@ifset ELF
3a99f02f 4119* Gnu_attribute:: @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
c91d2e08
NC
4120* Hidden:: @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4121@end ifset
f0dc282c 4122
252b5132
RH
4123* hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4124* Ident:: @code{.ident}
4125* If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
7e005732 4126* Incbin:: @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
252b5132
RH
4127* Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4128* Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}}
c91d2e08
NC
4129@ifset ELF
4130* Internal:: @code{.internal @var{names}}
4131@end ifset
f0dc282c 4132
252b5132
RH
4133* Irp:: @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4134* Irpc:: @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4135* Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
4136* Lflags:: @code{.lflags}
4137@ifclear no-line-dir
4138* Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}}
4139@end ifclear
f0dc282c 4140
252b5132
RH
4141* Linkonce:: @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
4142* List:: @code{.list}
bd0eb99b 4143* Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
14082c76
BW
4144* Loc:: @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno}}
4145* Loc_mark_labels:: @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
4d4175af
BW
4146@ifset ELF
4147* Local:: @code{.local @var{names}}
4148@end ifset
bd0eb99b 4149
252b5132
RH
4150* Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}}
4151@ignore
4152* Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4153@end ignore
f0dc282c 4154
252b5132
RH
4155* Macro:: @code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{}
4156* MRI:: @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 4157* Noaltmacro:: @code{.noaltmacro}
252b5132
RH
4158* Nolist:: @code{.nolist}
4159* Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
9aec2026 4160* Offset:: @code{.offset @var{loc}}
85234291
L
4161* Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc}, @var{fill}}
4162* P2align:: @code{.p2align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
c91d2e08
NC
4163@ifset ELF
4164* PopSection:: @code{.popsection}
4165* Previous:: @code{.previous}
4166@end ifset
f0dc282c 4167
252b5132 4168* Print:: @code{.print @var{string}}
c91d2e08
NC
4169@ifset ELF
4170* Protected:: @code{.protected @var{names}}
4171@end ifset
f0dc282c 4172
252b5132
RH
4173* Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
4174* Purgem:: @code{.purgem @var{name}}
c91d2e08
NC
4175@ifset ELF
4176* PushSection:: @code{.pushsection @var{name}}
4177@end ifset
f0dc282c 4178
252b5132 4179* Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
05e9452c 4180* Reloc:: @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
252b5132
RH
4181* Rept:: @code{.rept @var{count}}
4182* Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
4183@ifset COFF
4184* Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}}
c1253627
NC
4185@end ifset
4186@ifset COFF-ELF
7337fc21 4187* Section:: @code{.section @var{name}[, @var{flags}]}
252b5132 4188@end ifset
f0dc282c 4189
252b5132
RH
4190* Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4191* Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}}
4192* Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}}
c1253627 4193@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4194* Size:: @code{.size [@var{name} , @var{expression}]}
c1253627 4195@end ifset
884f0d36 4196@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4197* Skip:: @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36
BW
4198@end ifclear
4199
252b5132 4200* Sleb128:: @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
884f0d36 4201@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4202* Space:: @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36 4203@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4204@ifset have-stabs
4205* Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
4206@end ifset
f0dc282c 4207
38a57ae7 4208* String:: @code{.string "@var{str}"}, @code{.string8 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string16 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string32 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string64 "@var{str}"}
252b5132
RH
4209* Struct:: @code{.struct @var{expression}}
4210@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4211* SubSection:: @code{.subsection}
252b5132
RH
4212* Symver:: @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}}
4213@end ifset
f0dc282c 4214
252b5132
RH
4215@ifset COFF
4216* Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}}
4217@end ifset
f0dc282c 4218
252b5132
RH
4219* Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}}
4220* Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
c1253627 4221@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4222* Type:: @code{.type <@var{int} | @var{name} , @var{type description}>}
c1253627
NC
4223@end ifset
4224
c91d2e08 4225* Uleb128:: @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
252b5132 4226@ifset COFF
252b5132
RH
4227* Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}}
4228@end ifset
f0dc282c 4229
2e13b764 4230@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4231* Version:: @code{.version "@var{string}"}
c91d2e08
NC
4232* VTableEntry:: @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
4233* VTableInherit:: @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 4234@end ifset
f0dc282c 4235
d190d046 4236* Warning:: @code{.warning @var{string}}
c87db184 4237* Weak:: @code{.weak @var{names}}
06e77878 4238* Weakref:: @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{symbol}}
252b5132
RH
4239* Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}}
4240* Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives
4241@end menu
4242
4243@node Abort
4244@section @code{.abort}
4245
4246@cindex @code{abort} directive
4247@cindex stopping the assembly
4248This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for
4249compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the
4250assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender
a4fb0134 4251of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @command{@value{AS}} to
252b5132
RH
4252quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
4253
4254@ifset COFF
370b66a1
CD
4255@node ABORT (COFF)
4256@section @code{.ABORT} (COFF)
252b5132
RH
4257
4258@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
a4fb0134 4259When producing COFF output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a
252b5132
RH
4260synonym for @samp{.abort}.
4261
4262@ifset BOUT
a4fb0134 4263When producing @code{b.out} output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive,
252b5132
RH
4264but ignores it.
4265@end ifset
4266@end ifset
4267
4268@node Align
4269@section @code{.align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4270
4271@cindex padding the location counter
4272@cindex @code{align} directive
4273Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage
4274boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment
4275required, as described below.
4276
4277The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4278padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4279padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4280marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4281with no-op instructions.
4282
4283The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4284it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4285directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4286specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4287fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4288required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4289with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4290
4291The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system.
7be1c489 4292For the arc, hppa, i386 using ELF, i860, iq2000, m68k, or32,
60946ad0 4293s390, sparc, tic4x, tic80 and xtensa, the first expression is the
252b5132
RH
4294alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.align 8} advances
4295the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
60946ad0
AM
4296is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. For the tic54x, the
4297first expression is the alignment request in words.
252b5132 4298
9e9a9798 4299For other systems, including ppc, i386 using a.out format, arm and
adcf07e6 4300strongarm, it is the
252b5132
RH
4301number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
4302advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location
4303counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
4304multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4305
4306This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various
4307native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate.
4308GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives,
4309described later, which have a consistent behavior across all
4310architectures (but are specific to GAS).
4311
ccf8a69b
BW
4312@node Altmacro
4313@section @code{.altmacro}
4314Enable alternate macro mode, enabling:
4315
4316@ftable @code
4317@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
4318One additional directive, @code{LOCAL}, is available. It is used to
4319generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and
4320replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion. The
4321replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each
4322separate macro expansion. @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that
4323define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions.
4324
4325@item String delimiters
4326You can write strings delimited in these other ways besides
4327@code{"@var{string}"}:
4328
4329@table @code
4330@item '@var{string}'
4331You can delimit strings with single-quote characters.
4332
4333@item <@var{string}>
4334You can delimit strings with matching angle brackets.
4335@end table
4336
4337@item single-character string escape
4338To include any single character literally in a string (even if the
4339character would otherwise have some special meaning), you can prefix the
4340character with @samp{!} (an exclamation mark). For example, you can
4341write @samp{<4.3 !> 5.4!!>} to get the literal text @samp{4.3 > 5.4!}.
4342
4343@item Expression results as strings
4344You can write @samp{%@var{expr}} to evaluate the expression @var{expr}
01642c12 4345and use the result as a string.
ccf8a69b
BW
4346@end ftable
4347
252b5132
RH
4348@node Ascii
4349@section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4350
4351@cindex @code{ascii} directive
4352@cindex string literals
4353@code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
4354separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic
4355trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
4356
4357@node Asciz
4358@section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4359
4360@cindex @code{asciz} directive
4361@cindex zero-terminated strings
4362@cindex null-terminated strings
4363@code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
4364a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''.
4365
4366@node Balign
4367@section @code{.balign[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4368
4369@cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes
4370@cindex @code{balign} directive
4371Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
4372storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
4373alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.balign 8} advances
4374the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
4375is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4376
4377The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4378padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4379padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4380marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4381with no-op instructions.
4382
4383The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4384it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4385directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4386specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4387fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4388required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4389with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4390
4391@cindex @code{balignw} directive
4392@cindex @code{balignl} directive
4393The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the
4394@code{.balign} directive. The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill
4395pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.balignl} directives treats the
4396fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.balignw
43974,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
4398filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
4399the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
4400undefined.
4401
fa94de6b
RM
4402@node Bundle directives
4403@section @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}
4404@cindex @code{bundle_align_mode} directive
4405@cindex bundle
4406@cindex instruction bundle
4407@cindex aligned instruction bundle
ec82c18e 4408@code{.bundle_align_mode} enables or disables @dfn{aligned instruction
fa94de6b 4409bundle} mode. In this mode, sequences of adjacent instructions are grouped
ec82c18e 4410into fixed-sized @dfn{bundles}. If the argument is zero, this mode is
27dcf5c0 4411disabled (which is the default state). If the argument it not zero, it
fa94de6b
RM
4412gives the size of an instruction bundle as a power of two (as for the
4413@code{.p2align} directive, @pxref{P2align}).
4414
4415For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that no instruction may span a
ec82c18e 4416certain aligned boundary. A @dfn{bundle} is simply a sequence of
fa94de6b
RM
4417instructions that starts on an aligned boundary. For example, if
4418@var{abs-expr} is @code{5} then the bundle size is 32, so each aligned
4419chunk of 32 bytes is a bundle. When aligned instruction bundle mode is in
4420effect, no single instruction may span a boundary between bundles. If an
4421instruction would start too close to the end of a bundle for the length of
4422that particular instruction to fit within the bundle, then the space at the
4423end of that bundle is filled with no-op instructions so the instruction
4424starts in the next bundle. As a corollary, it's an error if any single
4425instruction's encoding is longer than the bundle size.
4426
4427@section @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
4428@cindex @code{bundle_lock} directive
4429@cindex @code{bundle_unlock} directive
4430The @code{.bundle_lock} and directive @code{.bundle_unlock} directives
4431allow explicit control over instruction bundle padding. These directives
4432are only valid when @code{.bundle_align_mode} has been used to enable
4433aligned instruction bundle mode. It's an error if they appear when
4434@code{.bundle_align_mode} has not been used at all, or when the last
4435directive was @w{@code{.bundle_align_mode 0}}.
4436
4437@cindex bundle-locked
4438For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that certain instructions may
4439appear only as part of specified permissible sequences of multiple
4440instructions, all within the same bundle. A pair of @code{.bundle_lock}
ec82c18e 4441and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives define a @dfn{bundle-locked}
fa94de6b
RM
4442instruction sequence. For purposes of aligned instruction bundle mode, a
4443sequence starting with @code{.bundle_lock} and ending with
4444@code{.bundle_unlock} is treated as a single instruction. That is, the
4445entire sequence must fit into a single bundle and may not span a bundle
4446boundary. If necessary, no-op instructions will be inserted before the
4447first instruction of the sequence so that the whole sequence starts on an
4448aligned bundle boundary. It's an error if the sequence is longer than the
4449bundle size.
4450
d416e51d
RM
4451For convenience when using @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
4452inside assembler macros (@pxref{Macro}), bundle-locked sequences may be
4453nested. That is, a second @code{.bundle_lock} directive before the next
4454@code{.bundle_unlock} directive has no effect except that it must be
4455matched by another closing @code{.bundle_unlock} so that there is the
4456same number of @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives.
fa94de6b 4457
252b5132
RH
4458@node Byte
4459@section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4460
4461@cindex @code{byte} directive
4462@cindex integers, one byte
4463@code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
4464Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
4465
54cfded0 4466@node CFI directives
38462edf
JJ
4467@section @code{.cfi_sections @var{section_list}}
4468@cindex @code{cfi_sections} directive
4469@code{.cfi_sections} may be used to specify whether CFI directives
4470should emit @code{.eh_frame} section and/or @code{.debug_frame} section.
4471If @var{section_list} is @code{.eh_frame}, @code{.eh_frame} is emitted,
4472if @var{section_list} is @code{.debug_frame}, @code{.debug_frame} is emitted.
4473To emit both use @code{.eh_frame, .debug_frame}. The default if this
4474directive is not used is @code{.cfi_sections .eh_frame}.
4475
4b7d318b 4476@section @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}
54cfded0
AM
4477@cindex @code{cfi_startproc} directive
4478@code{.cfi_startproc} is used at the beginning of each function that
4479should have an entry in @code{.eh_frame}. It initializes some internal
4b7d318b 4480data structures. Don't forget to close the function by
54cfded0
AM
4481@code{.cfi_endproc}.
4482
01642c12 4483Unless @code{.cfi_startproc} is used along with parameter @code{simple}
4b7d318b 4484it also emits some architecture dependent initial CFI instructions.
01642c12 4485
54cfded0
AM
4486@section @code{.cfi_endproc}
4487@cindex @code{cfi_endproc} directive
4488@code{.cfi_endproc} is used at the end of a function where it closes its
4489unwind entry previously opened by
b45619c0 4490@code{.cfi_startproc}, and emits it to @code{.eh_frame}.
54cfded0 4491
9b8ae42e
JJ
4492@section @code{.cfi_personality @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
4493@code{.cfi_personality} defines personality routine and its encoding.
4494@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the personality
4495should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4496argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be
4497a constant or a symbol name. When using indirect encodings,
4498the symbol provided should be the location where personality
4499can be loaded from, not the personality routine itself.
4500The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_personality 0xff},
4501no personality routine.
4502
4503@section @code{.cfi_lsda @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
4504@code{.cfi_lsda} defines LSDA and its encoding.
4505@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the LSDA
4506should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4507argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be a constant
4508or a symbol name. The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_lsda 0xff},
4509no LSDA.
4510
54cfded0 4511@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa @var{register}, @var{offset}}
01642c12 4512@code{.cfi_def_cfa} defines a rule for computing CFA as: @i{take
54cfded0
AM
4513address from @var{register} and add @var{offset} to it}.
4514
4515@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register @var{register}}
4516@code{.cfi_def_cfa_register} modifies a rule for computing CFA. From
4517now on @var{register} will be used instead of the old one. Offset
4518remains the same.
4519
4520@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
4521@code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} modifies a rule for computing CFA. Register
4522remains the same, but @var{offset} is new. Note that it is the
4523absolute offset that will be added to a defined register to compute
4524CFA address.
4525
4526@section @code{.cfi_adjust_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
4527Same as @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} but @var{offset} is a relative
4528value that is added/substracted from the previous offset.
4529
4530@section @code{.cfi_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4531Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
01642c12 4532CFA.
54cfded0 4533
17076204
RH
4534@section @code{.cfi_rel_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4535Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4536the current CFA register. This is transformed to @code{.cfi_offset}
4537using the known displacement of the CFA register from the CFA.
4538This is often easier to use, because the number will match the
4539code it's annotating.
54cfded0 4540
4b7d318b
L
4541@section @code{.cfi_register @var{register1}, @var{register2}}
4542Previous value of @var{register1} is saved in register @var{register2}.
4543
4544@section @code{.cfi_restore @var{register}}
01642c12
RM
4545@code{.cfi_restore} says that the rule for @var{register} is now the
4546same as it was at the beginning of the function, after all initial
4b7d318b
L
4547instruction added by @code{.cfi_startproc} were executed.
4548
4549@section @code{.cfi_undefined @var{register}}
4550From now on the previous value of @var{register} can't be restored anymore.
4551
4552@section @code{.cfi_same_value @var{register}}
01642c12 4553Current value of @var{register} is the same like in the previous frame,
4b7d318b
L
4554i.e. no restoration needed.
4555
01642c12
RM
4556@section @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4557First save all current rules for all registers by @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4558then totally screw them up by subsequent @code{.cfi_*} directives and when
4559everything is hopelessly bad, use @code{.cfi_restore_state} to restore
4b7d318b
L
4560the previous saved state.
4561
4562@section @code{.cfi_return_column @var{register}}
01642c12 4563Change return column @var{register}, i.e. the return address is either
4b7d318b
L
4564directly in @var{register} or can be accessed by rules for @var{register}.
4565
63752a75
JJ
4566@section @code{.cfi_signal_frame}
4567Mark current function as signal trampoline.
4568
6749011b 4569@section @code{.cfi_window_save}
364b6d8b
JJ
4570SPARC register window has been saved.
4571
cdfbf930
RH
4572@section @code{.cfi_escape} @var{expression}[, @dots{}]
4573Allows the user to add arbitrary bytes to the unwind info. One
4574might use this to add OS-specific CFI opcodes, or generic CFI
4575opcodes that GAS does not yet support.
252b5132 4576
f1c4cc75
RH
4577@section @code{.cfi_val_encoded_addr @var{register}, @var{encoding}, @var{label}}
4578The current value of @var{register} is @var{label}. The value of @var{label}
4579will be encoded in the output file according to @var{encoding}; see the
4580description of @code{.cfi_personality} for details on this encoding.
4581
4582The usefulness of equating a register to a fixed label is probably
4583limited to the return address register. Here, it can be useful to
4584mark a code segment that has only one return address which is reached
4585by a direct branch and no copy of the return address exists in memory
4586or another register.
4587
ccf8a69b
BW
4588@node Comm
4589@section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
bd0eb99b 4590
ccf8a69b
BW
4591@cindex @code{comm} directive
4592@cindex symbol, common
4593@code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}. When linking, a
4594common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol
4595of the same name in another object file. If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a
4596definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will
4597allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory. @var{length} must be an
4598absolute expression. If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with
4599the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space
4600using the largest size.
07a53e5c 4601
c1711530
DK
4602@ifset COFF-ELF
4603When using ELF or (as a GNU extension) PE, the @code{.comm} directive takes
01642c12 4604an optional third argument. This is the desired alignment of the symbol,
c1711530
DK
4605specified for ELF as a byte boundary (for example, an alignment of 16 means
4606that the least significant 4 bits of the address should be zero), and for PE
4607as a power of two (for example, an alignment of 5 means aligned to a 32-byte
01642c12 4608boundary). The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it must be a
c1711530 4609power of two. If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory for the
01642c12 4610common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol. If no
c1711530 4611alignment is specified, @command{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the
ccf8a69b 4612largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a
c1711530
DK
4613maximum of 16 on ELF, or the default section alignment of 4 on PE@footnote{This
4614is not the same as the executable image file alignment controlled by @code{@value{LD}}'s
4615@samp{--section-alignment} option; image file sections in PE are aligned to
4616multiples of 4096, which is far too large an alignment for ordinary variables.
4617It is rather the default alignment for (non-debug) sections within object
4618(@samp{*.o}) files, which are less strictly aligned.}.
ccf8a69b 4619@end ifset
cd1fcb49 4620
ccf8a69b
BW
4621@ifset HPPA
4622The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
4623@samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
4624@end ifset
07a53e5c 4625
252b5132
RH
4626@node Data
4627@section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4628
4629@cindex @code{data} directive
a4fb0134 4630@code{.data} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the
252b5132
RH
4631end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
4632absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
4633to zero.
4634
4635@ifset COFF
4636@node Def
4637@section @code{.def @var{name}}
4638
4639@cindex @code{def} directive
4640@cindex COFF symbols, debugging
4641@cindex debugging COFF symbols
4642Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
4643definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
4644@ifset BOUT
4645
a4fb0134 4646This directive is only observed when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF
252b5132
RH
4647format output; when producing @code{b.out}, @samp{.def} is recognized,
4648but ignored.
4649@end ifset
4650@end ifset
4651
4652@ifset aout-bout
4653@node Desc
4654@section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4655
4656@cindex @code{desc} directive
4657@cindex COFF symbol descriptor
4658@cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
4659This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
4660to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
4661
4662@ifset COFF
a4fb0134 4663The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132 4664configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 4665object format. For the sake of compatibility, @command{@value{AS}} accepts
252b5132
RH
4666it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF.
4667@end ifset
4668@end ifset
4669
4670@ifset COFF
4671@node Dim
4672@section @code{.dim}
4673
4674@cindex @code{dim} directive
4675@cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
4676@cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
4677This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
4678information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
4679@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
4680@ifset BOUT
4681
4682@samp{.dim} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 4683@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
4684ignores it.
4685@end ifset
4686@end ifset
4687
4688@node Double
4689@section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4690
4691@cindex @code{double} directive
4692@cindex floating point numbers (double)
4693@code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4694assembles floating point numbers.
4695@ifset GENERIC
4696The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4697@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
4698@end ifset
4699@ifclear GENERIC
4700@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4701On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
4702in @sc{ieee} format.
4703@end ifset
4704@end ifclear
4705
4706@node Eject
4707@section @code{.eject}
4708
4709@cindex @code{eject} directive
4710@cindex new page, in listings
4711@cindex page, in listings
4712@cindex listing control: new page
4713Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
4714
4715@node Else
4716@section @code{.else}
4717
4718@cindex @code{else} directive
a4fb0134 4719@code{.else} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4720assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section
252b5132
RH
4721of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
4722was false.
4723
3fd9f047
TW
4724@node Elseif
4725@section @code{.elseif}
4726
4727@cindex @code{elseif} directive
a4fb0134 4728@code{.elseif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4729assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It is shorthand for beginning a new
3fd9f047
TW
4730@code{.if} block that would otherwise fill the entire @code{.else} section.
4731
252b5132
RH
4732@node End
4733@section @code{.end}
4734
4735@cindex @code{end} directive
a4fb0134 4736@code{.end} marks the end of the assembly file. @command{@value{AS}} does not
252b5132
RH
4737process anything in the file past the @code{.end} directive.
4738
4739@ifset COFF
4740@node Endef
4741@section @code{.endef}
4742
4743@cindex @code{endef} directive
4744This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
4745@code{.def}.
4746@ifset BOUT
4747
4748@samp{.endef} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; if
a4fb0134 4749@command{@value{AS}} is configured to generate @code{b.out}, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
4750directive but ignores it.
4751@end ifset
4752@end ifset
4753
4754@node Endfunc
4755@section @code{.endfunc}
4756@cindex @code{endfunc} directive
4757@code{.endfunc} marks the end of a function specified with @code{.func}.
4758
4759@node Endif
4760@section @code{.endif}
4761
4762@cindex @code{endif} directive
a4fb0134 4763@code{.endif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly;
252b5132
RH
4764it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
4765conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
4766
4767@node Equ
4768@section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4769
4770@cindex @code{equ} directive
4771@cindex assigning values to symbols
4772@cindex symbols, assigning values to
4773This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
96e9638b 4774It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; see @ref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
252b5132
RH
4775
4776@ifset HPPA
01642c12 4777The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is
252b5132
RH
4778@samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}.
4779@end ifset
4780
3c9b82ba 4781@ifset Z80
01642c12
RM
4782The syntax for @code{equ} on the Z80 is
4783@samp{@var{symbol} equ @var{expression}}.
3c9b82ba 4784On the Z80 it is an eror if @var{symbol} is already defined,
01642c12 4785but the symbol is not protected from later redefinition.
96e9638b 4786Compare @ref{Equiv}.
3c9b82ba
NC
4787@end ifset
4788
252b5132
RH
4789@node Equiv
4790@section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4791@cindex @code{equiv} directive
4792The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that
8dfa0188
NC
4793the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined. Note a
4794symbol which has been referenced but not actually defined is considered to be
4795undefined.
252b5132 4796
01642c12 4797Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to
252b5132
RH
4798@smallexample
4799.ifdef SYM
4800.err
4801.endif
4802.equ SYM,VAL
4803@end smallexample
9497f5ac
NC
4804plus it protects the symbol from later redefinition.
4805
4806@node Eqv
4807@section @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4808@cindex @code{eqv} directive
4809The @code{.eqv} directive is like @code{.equiv}, but no attempt is made to
4810evaluate the expression or any part of it immediately. Instead each time
4811the resulting symbol is used in an expression, a snapshot of its current
4812value is taken.
252b5132
RH
4813
4814@node Err
4815@section @code{.err}
4816@cindex @code{err} directive
a4fb0134
SC
4817If @command{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error
4818message and, unless the @option{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an
f9eb6721 4819object file. This can be used to signal an error in conditionally compiled code.
252b5132 4820
d190d046
HPN
4821@node Error
4822@section @code{.error "@var{string}"}
4823@cindex error directive
4824
4825Similarly to @code{.err}, this directive emits an error, but you can specify a
4826string that will be emitted as the error message. If you don't specify the
4827message, it defaults to @code{".error directive invoked in source file"}.
4828@xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
4829
4830@smallexample
4831 .error "This code has not been assembled and tested."
4832@end smallexample
4833
252b5132
RH
4834@node Exitm
4835@section @code{.exitm}
4836Exit early from the current macro definition. @xref{Macro}.
4837
4838@node Extern
4839@section @code{.extern}
4840
4841@cindex @code{extern} directive
4842@code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
a4fb0134 4843with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @command{@value{AS}} treats
252b5132
RH
4844all undefined symbols as external.
4845
4846@node Fail
4847@section @code{.fail @var{expression}}
4848
4849@cindex @code{fail} directive
4850Generates an error or a warning. If the value of the @var{expression} is 500
a4fb0134
SC
4851or more, @command{@value{AS}} will print a warning message. If the value is less
4852than 500, @command{@value{AS}} will print an error message. The message will
252b5132
RH
4853include the value of @var{expression}. This can occasionally be useful inside
4854complex nested macros or conditional assembly.
4855
252b5132 4856@node File
14082c76 4857@section @code{.file}
252b5132 4858@cindex @code{file} directive
14082c76
BW
4859
4860@ifclear no-file-dir
4861There are two different versions of the @code{.file} directive. Targets
4862that support DWARF2 line number information use the DWARF2 version of
4863@code{.file}. Other targets use the default version.
4864
4865@subheading Default Version
4866
252b5132
RH
4867@cindex logical file name
4868@cindex file name, logical
14082c76
BW
4869This version of the @code{.file} directive tells @command{@value{AS}} that we
4870are about to start a new logical file. The syntax is:
4871
4872@smallexample
4873.file @var{string}
4874@end smallexample
4875
4876@var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is
252b5132
RH
4877recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if you wish
4878to specify an empty file name, you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This
4879statement may go away in future: it is only recognized to be compatible with
a4fb0134 4880old @command{@value{AS}} programs.
14082c76
BW
4881
4882@subheading DWARF2 Version
252b5132
RH
4883@end ifclear
4884
14082c76
BW
4885When emitting DWARF2 line number information, @code{.file} assigns filenames
4886to the @code{.debug_line} file name table. The syntax is:
4887
4888@smallexample
4889.file @var{fileno} @var{filename}
4890@end smallexample
4891
4892The @var{fileno} operand should be a unique positive integer to use as the
4893index of the entry in the table. The @var{filename} operand is a C string
4894literal.
4895
4896The detail of filename indices is exposed to the user because the filename
4897table is shared with the @code{.debug_info} section of the DWARF2 debugging
4898information, and thus the user must know the exact indices that table
4899entries will have.
4900
252b5132
RH
4901@node Fill
4902@section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4903
4904@cindex @code{fill} directive
4905@cindex writing patterns in memory
4906@cindex patterns, writing in memory
bc64be0c 4907@var{repeat}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
252b5132
RH
4908This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat}
4909may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
4910more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
4911other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
4912is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are
4913zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
a4fb0134 4914byte-order of an integer on the computer @command{@value{AS}} is assembling for.
252b5132
RH
4915Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
4916@var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is
4917compatible with other people's assemblers.
4918
4919@var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
4920If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
4921assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
4922@var{size} is assumed to be 1.
4923
4924@node Float
4925@section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
4926
4927@cindex floating point numbers (single)
4928@cindex @code{float} directive
4929This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4930has the same effect as @code{.single}.
4931@ifset GENERIC
4932The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4933@command{@value{AS}} is configured.
252b5132
RH
4934@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4935@end ifset
4936@ifclear GENERIC
4937@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4938On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
4939in @sc{ieee} format.
4940@end ifset
4941@end ifclear
4942
4943@node Func
4944@section @code{.func @var{name}[,@var{label}]}
4945@cindex @code{func} directive
4946@code{.func} emits debugging information to denote function @var{name}, and
4947is ignored unless the file is assembled with debugging enabled.
05da4302 4948Only @samp{--gstabs[+]} is currently supported.
252b5132
RH
4949@var{label} is the entry point of the function and if omitted @var{name}
4950prepended with the @samp{leading char} is used.
4951@samp{leading char} is usually @code{_} or nothing, depending on the target.
4952All functions are currently defined to have @code{void} return type.
4953The function must be terminated with @code{.endfunc}.
4954
4955@node Global
4956@section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
4957
4958@cindex @code{global} directive
4959@cindex symbol, making visible to linker
4960@code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define
4961@var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
4962other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise,
4963@var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name
4964from another file linked into the same program.
4965
4966Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
4967compatibility with other assemblers.
4968
4969@ifset HPPA
4970On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other
4971partial programs. You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well.
96e9638b 4972@xref{HPPA Directives, ,HPPA Assembler Directives}.
252b5132
RH
4973@end ifset
4974
c91d2e08 4975@ifset ELF
3a99f02f
DJ
4976@node Gnu_attribute
4977@section @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
4978Record a @sc{gnu} object attribute for this file. @xref{Object Attributes}.
4979
c91d2e08
NC
4980@node Hidden
4981@section @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4982
c1253627
NC
4983@cindex @code{hidden} directive
4984@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 4985This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 4986@code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal,,@code{.internal}}) and
a349d9dd 4987@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
4988
4989This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
4990their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
4991@code{hidden} which means that the symbols are not visible to other components.
01642c12 4992Such symbols are always considered to be @code{protected} as well.
c91d2e08
NC
4993@end ifset
4994
252b5132
RH
4995@node hword
4996@section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4997
4998@cindex @code{hword} directive
4999@cindex integers, 16-bit
5000@cindex numbers, 16-bit
5001@cindex sixteen bit integers
5002This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
5003a 16 bit number for each.
5004
5005@ifset GENERIC
5006This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
5007architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
5008@end ifset
5009@ifclear GENERIC
5010@ifset W32
5011This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
5012@end ifset
5013@ifset W16
5014This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
5015@end ifset
5016@end ifclear
5017
5018@node Ident
5019@section @code{.ident}
5020
5021@cindex @code{ident} directive
cb4c78d6
BE
5022
5023This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files. The
5024behavior of this directive varies depending on the target. When using the
5025a.out object file format, @command{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for
5026source-file compatibility with existing assemblers, but does not emit anything
5027for it. When using COFF, comments are emitted to the @code{.comment} or
5028@code{.rdata} section, depending on the target. When using ELF, comments are
5029emitted to the @code{.comment} section.
252b5132
RH
5030
5031@node If
5032@section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
5033
5034@cindex conditional assembly
5035@cindex @code{if} directive
5036@code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
5037considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
5038(which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of
5039the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
5040(@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
5041alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}).
3fd9f047
TW
5042If you have several conditions to check, @code{.elseif} may be used to avoid
5043nesting blocks if/else within each subsequent @code{.else} block.
252b5132
RH
5044
5045The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
5046@table @code
5047@cindex @code{ifdef} directive
5048@item .ifdef @var{symbol}
5049Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5050has been defined. Note a symbol which has been referenced but not yet defined
5051is considered to be undefined.
252b5132 5052
26aca5f6
JB
5053@cindex @code{ifb} directive
5054@item .ifb @var{text}
5055Assembles the following section of code if the operand is blank (empty).
5056
252b5132
RH
5057@cindex @code{ifc} directive
5058@item .ifc @var{string1},@var{string2}
5059Assembles the following section of code if the two strings are the same. The
5060strings may be optionally quoted with single quotes. If they are not quoted,
5061the first string stops at the first comma, and the second string stops at the
5062end of the line. Strings which contain whitespace should be quoted. The
5063string comparison is case sensitive.
5064
5065@cindex @code{ifeq} directive
5066@item .ifeq @var{absolute expression}
5067Assembles the following section of code if the argument is zero.
5068
5069@cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
5070@item .ifeqs @var{string1},@var{string2}
5071Another form of @code{.ifc}. The strings must be quoted using double quotes.
5072
5073@cindex @code{ifge} directive
5074@item .ifge @var{absolute expression}
5075Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than or
5076equal to zero.
5077
5078@cindex @code{ifgt} directive
5079@item .ifgt @var{absolute expression}
5080Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than zero.
5081
5082@cindex @code{ifle} directive
5083@item .ifle @var{absolute expression}
5084Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than or equal
5085to zero.
5086
5087@cindex @code{iflt} directive
5088@item .iflt @var{absolute expression}
5089Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than zero.
5090
26aca5f6
JB
5091@cindex @code{ifnb} directive
5092@item .ifnb @var{text}
5093Like @code{.ifb}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5094following section of code if the operand is non-blank (non-empty).
5095
252b5132
RH
5096@cindex @code{ifnc} directive
5097@item .ifnc @var{string1},@var{string2}.
5098Like @code{.ifc}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5099following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5100
5101@cindex @code{ifndef} directive
5102@cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
5103@item .ifndef @var{symbol}
5104@itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol}
5105Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5106has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent. Note a symbol
5107which has been referenced but not yet defined is considered to be undefined.
252b5132
RH
5108
5109@cindex @code{ifne} directive
5110@item .ifne @var{absolute expression}
5111Assembles the following section of code if the argument is not equal to zero
5112(in other words, this is equivalent to @code{.if}).
5113
5114@cindex @code{ifnes} directive
5115@item .ifnes @var{string1},@var{string2}
5116Like @code{.ifeqs}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5117following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5118@end table
5119
7e005732
NC
5120@node Incbin
5121@section @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
5122
5123@cindex @code{incbin} directive
5124@cindex binary files, including
5125The @code{incbin} directive includes @var{file} verbatim at the current
5126location. You can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line
5127option (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5128around @var{file}.
5129
5130The @var{skip} argument skips a number of bytes from the start of the
5131@var{file}. The @var{count} argument indicates the maximum number of bytes to
15dcfbc3
NC
5132read. Note that the data is not aligned in any way, so it is the user's
5133responsibility to make sure that proper alignment is provided both before and
5134after the @code{incbin} directive.
7e005732 5135
252b5132
RH
5136@node Include
5137@section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
5138
5139@cindex @code{include} directive
5140@cindex supporting files, including
5141@cindex files, including
5142This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
5143points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as
5144if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
5145included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You
5146can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
5147(@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5148around @var{file}.
5149
5150@node Int
5151@section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
5152
5153@cindex @code{int} directive
5154@cindex integers, 32-bit
5155Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas.
5156For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that
5157expression. The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind
5158of target the assembly is for.
5159
5160@ifclear GENERIC
5161@ifset H8
7be1c489 5162On most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit
c2dcd04e 5163integers. On the H8/300H and the Renesas SH, however, @code{.int} emits
252b5132
RH
516432-bit integers.
5165@end ifset
5166@end ifclear
5167
c91d2e08
NC
5168@ifset ELF
5169@node Internal
5170@section @code{.internal @var{names}}
5171
c1253627
NC
5172@cindex @code{internal} directive
5173@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5174This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5175@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden,,@code{.hidden}}) and
a349d9dd 5176@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5177
5178This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5179their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5180@code{internal} which means that the symbols are considered to be @code{hidden}
c1253627 5181(i.e., not visible to other components), and that some extra, processor specific
c91d2e08
NC
5182processing must also be performed upon the symbols as well.
5183@end ifset
5184
252b5132
RH
5185@node Irp
5186@section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5187
5188@cindex @code{irp} directive
5189Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5190The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is
5191terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is
5192set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled. If no
5193@var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with
5194@var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to @var{symbol} within the
5195sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5196
5197For example, assembling
5198
5199@example
5200 .irp param,1,2,3
5201 move d\param,sp@@-
5202 .endr
5203@end example
5204
5205is equivalent to assembling
5206
5207@example
5208 move d1,sp@@-
5209 move d2,sp@@-
5210 move d3,sp@@-
5211@end example
5212
96e9638b 5213For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also @ref{Macro}.
5e75c3ab 5214
252b5132
RH
5215@node Irpc
5216@section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5217
5218@cindex @code{irpc} directive
5219Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5220The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is
5221terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each character in @var{value},
5222@var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is
5223assembled. If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is
5224assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to
5225@var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5226
5227For example, assembling
5228
5229@example
5230 .irpc param,123
5231 move d\param,sp@@-
5232 .endr
5233@end example
5234
5235is equivalent to assembling
5236
5237@example
5238 move d1,sp@@-
5239 move d2,sp@@-
5240 move d3,sp@@-
5241@end example
5242
5e75c3ab
JB
5243For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also the discussion
5244at @xref{Macro}.
5245
252b5132
RH
5246@node Lcomm
5247@section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
5248
5249@cindex @code{lcomm} directive
5250@cindex local common symbols
5251@cindex symbols, local common
5252Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
5253denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are
5254those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss
5255section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed. @var{Symbol}
5256is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
5257not visible to @code{@value{LD}}.
5258
5259@ifset GENERIC
5260Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}. This
5261argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section.
5262@end ifset
5263
5264@ifset HPPA
5265The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5266@samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5267@end ifset
5268
5269@node Lflags
5270@section @code{.lflags}
5271
5272@cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
a4fb0134 5273@command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
252b5132
RH
5274assemblers, but ignores it.
5275
5276@ifclear no-line-dir
5277@node Line
5278@section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
5279
5280@cindex @code{line} directive
252b5132
RH
5281@cindex logical line number
5282@ifset aout-bout
5283Change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be an absolute
5284expression. The next line has that logical line number. Therefore any other
5285statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are
5286reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. One day
a4fb0134 5287@command{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only
252b5132 5288for compatibility with existing assembler programs.
252b5132
RH
5289@end ifset
5290
252b5132 5291Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
a4fb0134 5292@code{b.out} object-code formats, @command{@value{AS}} still recognizes it
252b5132
RH
5293when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it
5294were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
5295@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
5296
5297Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
5298used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
5299debugging.
5300@end ifclear
5301
5302@node Linkonce
5303@section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
5304@cindex COMDAT
5305@cindex @code{linkonce} directive
5306@cindex common sections
5307Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it.
5308This may be used to include the same section in several different object files,
5309but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file.
5310The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section.
5311Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be
5312unique.
5313
5314This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this
5315writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable
5316Executable format used on Windows NT.
5317
5318The @var{type} argument is optional. If specified, it must be one of the
5319following strings. For example:
5320@smallexample
5321.linkonce same_size
5322@end smallexample
5323Not all types may be supported on all object file formats.
5324
5325@table @code
5326@item discard
5327Silently discard duplicate sections. This is the default.
5328
5329@item one_only
5330Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy.
5331
5332@item same_size
5333Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes.
5334
5335@item same_contents
5336Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents.
5337@end table
5338
ccf8a69b
BW
5339@node List
5340@section @code{.list}
5341
5342@cindex @code{list} directive
5343@cindex listing control, turning on
5344Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
5345not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5346internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5347counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5348generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5349
5350By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the
5351@samp{-a} command line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
5352the initial value of the listing counter is one.
5353
252b5132
RH
5354@node Ln
5355@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
5356
5357@cindex @code{ln} directive
5358@ifclear no-line-dir
5359@samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
5360@end ifclear
5361@ifset no-line-dir
a4fb0134 5362Tell @command{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number}
252b5132
RH
5363must be an absolute expression. The next line has that logical
5364line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
5365statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical
5366line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
5367@ifset BOUT
5368
a4fb0134 5369This directive is accepted, but ignored, when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
5370configured for @code{b.out}; its effect is only associated with COFF
5371output format.
5372@end ifset
5373@end ifset
5374
ccf8a69b
BW
5375@node Loc
5376@section @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno} [@var{column}] [@var{options}]}
5377@cindex @code{loc} directive
5378When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5379the @code{.loc} directive will add a row to the @code{.debug_line} line
5380number matrix corresponding to the immediately following assembly
5381instruction. The @var{fileno}, @var{lineno}, and optional @var{column}
5382arguments will be applied to the @code{.debug_line} state machine before
5383the row is added.
252b5132 5384
ccf8a69b
BW
5385The @var{options} are a sequence of the following tokens in any order:
5386
5387@table @code
5388@item basic_block
5389This option will set the @code{basic_block} register in the
5390@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5391
5392@item prologue_end
5393This option will set the @code{prologue_end} register in the
5394@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5395
5396@item epilogue_begin
5397This option will set the @code{epilogue_begin} register in the
5398@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5399
5400@item is_stmt @var{value}
5401This option will set the @code{is_stmt} register in the
01642c12 5402@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{value}, which must be
ccf8a69b
BW
5403either 0 or 1.
5404
5405@item isa @var{value}
5406This directive will set the @code{isa} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5407state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5408
92846e72
CC
5409@item discriminator @var{value}
5410This directive will set the @code{discriminator} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5411state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5412
ccf8a69b
BW
5413@end table
5414
5415@node Loc_mark_labels
5416@section @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
5417@cindex @code{loc_mark_labels} directive
5418When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5419the @code{.loc_mark_labels} directive makes the assembler emit an entry
5420to the @code{.debug_line} line number matrix with the @code{basic_block}
5421register in the state machine set whenever a code label is seen.
5422The @var{enable} argument should be either 1 or 0, to enable or disable
5423this function respectively.
252b5132 5424
4d4175af
BW
5425@ifset ELF
5426@node Local
5427@section @code{.local @var{names}}
5428
5429@cindex @code{local} directive
5430This directive, which is available for ELF targets, marks each symbol in
5431the comma-separated list of @code{names} as a local symbol so that it
5432will not be externally visible. If the symbols do not already exist,
5433they will be created.
5434
5435For targets where the @code{.lcomm} directive (@pxref{Lcomm}) does not
5436accept an alignment argument, which is the case for most ELF targets,
5437the @code{.local} directive can be used in combination with @code{.comm}
5438(@pxref{Comm}) to define aligned local common data.
5439@end ifset
5440
252b5132
RH
5441@node Long
5442@section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
5443
5444@cindex @code{long} directive
96e9638b 5445@code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}. @xref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
252b5132
RH
5446
5447@ignore
5448@c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
5449@c what it really ought to do
5450@node Lsym
5451@section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5452
5453@cindex @code{lsym} directive
5454@cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
5455@code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
5456the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
5457rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
5458the same as the expression value:
5459@smallexample
5460@var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
5461@var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
5462@var{value} = @var{expression}
5463@end smallexample
5464@noindent
5465The new symbol is not flagged as external.
5466@end ignore
5467
5468@node Macro
5469@section @code{.macro}
5470
5471@cindex macros
5472The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that
5473generate assembly output. For example, this definition specifies a macro
5474@code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory:
5475
5476@example
5477 .macro sum from=0, to=5
5478 .long \from
5479 .if \to-\from
5480 sum "(\from+1)",\to
5481 .endif
5482 .endm
5483@end example
5484
5485@noindent
5486With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input:
5487
5488@example
5489 .long 0
5490 .long 1
5491 .long 2
5492 .long 3
5493 .long 4
5494 .long 5
5495@end example
5496
5497@ftable @code
5498@item .macro @var{macname}
5499@itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{}
5500@cindex @code{macro} directive
5501Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}. If your macro
5502definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name,
6eaeac8a
JB
5503separated by commas or spaces. You can qualify the macro argument to
5504indicate whether all invocations must specify a non-blank value (through
5505@samp{:@code{req}}), or whether it takes all of the remaining arguments
5506(through @samp{:@code{vararg}}). You can supply a default value for any
fffeaa5f
JB
5507macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}. You
5508cannot define two macros with the same @var{macname} unless it has been
96e9638b 5509subject to the @code{.purgem} directive (@pxref{Purgem}) between the two
fffeaa5f 5510definitions. For example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements:
252b5132
RH
5511
5512@table @code
5513@item .macro comm
5514Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no
5515arguments.
5516
6258339f 5517@item .macro plus1 p, p1
252b5132
RH
5518@itemx .macro plus1 p p1
5519Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1},
5520which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write
5521@samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments.
5522
5523@item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2
5524Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two
5525arguments. The first argument has a default value, but not the second.
5526After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as
5527@samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to
5528@var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str
5529,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case
5530@samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}).
252b5132 5531
6eaeac8a
JB
5532@item .macro m p1:req, p2=0, p3:vararg
5533Begin the definition of a macro called @code{m}, with at least three
5534arguments. The first argument must always have a value specified, but
5535not the second, which instead has a default value. The third formal
5536will get assigned all remaining arguments specified at invocation time.
5537
252b5132
RH
5538When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by
5539position, or by keyword. For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to
5540@samp{sum to=17, from=9}.
5541
6258339f
NC
5542@end table
5543
5e75c3ab
JB
5544Note that since each of the @var{macargs} can be an identifier exactly
5545as any other one permitted by the target architecture, there may be
5546occasional problems if the target hand-crafts special meanings to certain
6258339f 5547characters when they occur in a special position. For example, if the colon
5e75c3ab 5548(@code{:}) is generally permitted to be part of a symbol name, but the
6258339f 5549architecture specific code special-cases it when occurring as the final
5e75c3ab
JB
5550character of a symbol (to denote a label), then the macro parameter
5551replacement code will have no way of knowing that and consider the whole
5552construct (including the colon) an identifier, and check only this
6258339f
NC
5553identifier for being the subject to parameter substitution. So for example
5554this macro definition:
5555
5556@example
5557 .macro label l
5558\l:
5559 .endm
5560@end example
5561
5562might not work as expected. Invoking @samp{label foo} might not create a label
5563called @samp{foo} but instead just insert the text @samp{\l:} into the
5564assembler source, probably generating an error about an unrecognised
5565identifier.
5566
5567Similarly problems might occur with the period character (@samp{.})
5568which is often allowed inside opcode names (and hence identifier names). So
5569for example constructing a macro to build an opcode from a base name and a
5570length specifier like this:
5571
5572@example
5573 .macro opcode base length
5574 \base.\length
5575 .endm
5576@end example
5577
5578and invoking it as @samp{opcode store l} will not create a @samp{store.l}
5579instruction but instead generate some kind of error as the assembler tries to
5580interpret the text @samp{\base.\length}.
5581
5582There are several possible ways around this problem:
5583
5584@table @code
5585@item Insert white space
5586If it is possible to use white space characters then this is the simplest
5587solution. eg:
5588
5589@example
5590 .macro label l
5591\l :
5592 .endm
5593@end example
5594
5595@item Use @samp{\()}
5596The string @samp{\()} can be used to separate the end of a macro argument from
5597the following text. eg:
5598
5599@example
5600 .macro opcode base length
5601 \base\().\length
5602 .endm
5603@end example
5604
5605@item Use the alternate macro syntax mode
5606In the alternative macro syntax mode the ampersand character (@samp{&}) can be
5607used as a separator. eg:
5e75c3ab
JB
5608
5609@example
5610 .altmacro
5611 .macro label l
5612l&:
5613 .endm
5614@end example
6258339f 5615@end table
5e75c3ab 5616
96e9638b 5617Note: this problem of correctly identifying string parameters to pseudo ops
01642c12 5618also applies to the identifiers used in @code{.irp} (@pxref{Irp})
96e9638b 5619and @code{.irpc} (@pxref{Irpc}) as well.
5e75c3ab 5620
252b5132
RH
5621@item .endm
5622@cindex @code{endm} directive
5623Mark the end of a macro definition.
5624
5625@item .exitm
5626@cindex @code{exitm} directive
5627Exit early from the current macro definition.
5628
5629@cindex number of macros executed
5630@cindex macros, count executed
5631@item \@@
a4fb0134 5632@command{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has
252b5132
RH
5633executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your
5634output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}.
5635
252b5132
RH
5636@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
5637@emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate
caa32fe5
NC
5638macro syntax'' with @samp{--alternate} or @code{.altmacro}.}
5639@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
5640@end ftable
252b5132 5641
ccf8a69b
BW
5642@node MRI
5643@section @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 5644
ccf8a69b
BW
5645@cindex @code{mri} directive
5646@cindex MRI mode, temporarily
5647If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode. If
5648@var{val} is zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode. This change
5649affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end
5650of the file. @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}.
252b5132 5651
caa32fe5
NC
5652@node Noaltmacro
5653@section @code{.noaltmacro}
96e9638b 5654Disable alternate macro mode. @xref{Altmacro}.
caa32fe5 5655
252b5132
RH
5656@node Nolist
5657@section @code{.nolist}
5658
5659@cindex @code{nolist} directive
5660@cindex listing control, turning off
5661Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
5662not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5663internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5664counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5665generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5666
5667@node Octa
5668@section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
5669
5670@c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on i960, others? Or warn?
5671@cindex @code{octa} directive
5672@cindex integer, 16-byte
5673@cindex sixteen byte integer
5674This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each
5675bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
5676
5677The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5678hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
5679
9aec2026
NC
5680@node Offset
5681@section @code{.offset @var{loc}}
5682
5683@cindex @code{offset} directive
5684Set the location counter to @var{loc} in the absolute section. @var{loc} must
5685be an absolute expression. This directive may be useful for defining
5686symbols with absolute values. Do not confuse it with the @code{.org}
fa94de6b 5687directive.
9aec2026 5688
252b5132
RH
5689@node Org
5690@section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
5691
5692@cindex @code{org} directive
5693@cindex location counter, advancing
5694@cindex advancing location counter
5695@cindex current address, advancing
5696Advance the location counter of the current section to
5697@var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
5698expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is,
5699you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
5700wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible
5701with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
a4fb0134 5702@command{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5703is the same as the current subsection.
5704
5705@code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
5706unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
5707backwards.
5708
5709@c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
5710@c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
5711@c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91
a4fb0134 5712Because @command{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5713may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
5714a chance to share your improved assembler.
5715
5716Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
5717to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other
5718people's assemblers.
5719
5720When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
5721intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
5722absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
5723@var{fill} defaults to zero.
5724
5725@node P2align
5726@section @code{.p2align[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
5727
5728@cindex padding the location counter given a power of two
5729@cindex @code{p2align} directive
5730Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
5731storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
5732number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
5733advancement. For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location
5734counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
5735multiple of 8, no change is needed.
5736
5737The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
5738padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
5739padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
5740marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
5741with no-op instructions.
5742
5743The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
5744it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
5745directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
5746specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
5747fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
5748required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
5749with no-op instructions when appropriate.
5750
5751@cindex @code{p2alignw} directive
5752@cindex @code{p2alignl} directive
5753The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the
5754@code{.p2align} directive. The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill
5755pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the
5756fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.p2alignw
57572,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
5758filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
5759the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
5760undefined.
5761
ccf8a69b
BW
5762@ifset ELF
5763@node PopSection
5764@section @code{.popsection}
5765
5766@cindex @code{popsection} directive
5767@cindex Section Stack
5768This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
5769@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5770@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.previous}
ccf8a69b
BW
5771(@pxref{Previous}).
5772
5773This directive replaces the current section (and subsection) with the top
5774section (and subsection) on the section stack. This section is popped off the
01642c12 5775stack.
ccf8a69b
BW
5776@end ifset
5777
c91d2e08
NC
5778@ifset ELF
5779@node Previous
5780@section @code{.previous}
5781
c1253627 5782@cindex @code{previous} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5783@cindex Section Stack
5784This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
5785@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5786@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.popsection}
5787(@pxref{PopSection}).
c91d2e08
NC
5788
5789This directive swaps the current section (and subsection) with most recently
8b040e0a 5790referenced section/subsection pair prior to this one. Multiple
c91d2e08 5791@code{.previous} directives in a row will flip between two sections (and their
8b040e0a
NC
5792subsections). For example:
5793
5794@smallexample
5795.section A
5796 .subsection 1
5797 .word 0x1234
5798 .subsection 2
5799 .word 0x5678
5800.previous
5801 .word 0x9abc
5802@end smallexample
5803
5804Will place 0x1234 and 0x9abc into subsection 1 and 0x5678 into subsection 2 of
5805section A. Whilst:
5806
5807@smallexample
5808.section A
5809.subsection 1
5810 # Now in section A subsection 1
5811 .word 0x1234
5812.section B
5813.subsection 0
5814 # Now in section B subsection 0
5815 .word 0x5678
5816.subsection 1
5817 # Now in section B subsection 1
5818 .word 0x9abc
5819.previous
5820 # Now in section B subsection 0
5821 .word 0xdef0
5822@end smallexample
5823
5824Will place 0x1234 into section A, 0x5678 and 0xdef0 into subsection 0 of
5825section B and 0x9abc into subsection 1 of section B.
c91d2e08
NC
5826
5827In terms of the section stack, this directive swaps the current section with
5828the top section on the section stack.
5829@end ifset
5830
252b5132
RH
5831@node Print
5832@section @code{.print @var{string}}
5833
5834@cindex @code{print} directive
a4fb0134 5835@command{@value{AS}} will print @var{string} on the standard output during
252b5132
RH
5836assembly. You must put @var{string} in double quotes.
5837
c91d2e08
NC
5838@ifset ELF
5839@node Protected
5840@section @code{.protected @var{names}}
5841
c1253627
NC
5842@cindex @code{protected} directive
5843@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5844This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd 5845@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}) and @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal}).
c91d2e08
NC
5846
5847This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5848their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5849@code{protected} which means that any references to the symbols from within the
5850components that defines them must be resolved to the definition in that
5851component, even if a definition in another component would normally preempt
01642c12 5852this.
c91d2e08
NC
5853@end ifset
5854
252b5132
RH
5855@node Psize
5856@section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
5857
5858@cindex @code{psize} directive
5859@cindex listing control: paper size
5860@cindex paper size, for listings
5861Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
5862number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
5863
5864If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count
5865of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
5866default width is 200 columns.
5867
a4fb0134 5868@command{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of
252b5132
RH
5869lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
5870@code{.eject}).
5871
5872If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
5873those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
5874
5875@node Purgem
5876@section @code{.purgem @var{name}}
5877
5878@cindex @code{purgem} directive
5879Undefine the macro @var{name}, so that later uses of the string will not be
5880expanded. @xref{Macro}.
5881
c91d2e08
NC
5882@ifset ELF
5883@node PushSection
9cfc3331 5884@section @code{.pushsection @var{name} [, @var{subsection}] [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{arguments}]]]}
c91d2e08 5885
c1253627 5886@cindex @code{pushsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5887@cindex Section Stack
5888This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
5889@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5890@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 5891(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 5892
e9863d7f
DJ
5893This directive pushes the current section (and subsection) onto the
5894top of the section stack, and then replaces the current section and
9cfc3331
L
5895subsection with @code{name} and @code{subsection}. The optional
5896@code{flags}, @code{type} and @code{arguments} are treated the same
5897as in the @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}) directive.
c91d2e08
NC
5898@end ifset
5899
252b5132
RH
5900@node Quad
5901@section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
5902
5903@cindex @code{quad} directive
5904@code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For
5905each bignum, it emits
5906@ifclear bignum-16
5907an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a
5908warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum.
5909@cindex eight-byte integer
5910@cindex integer, 8-byte
5911
5912The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5913hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
5914@end ifclear
5915@ifset bignum-16
5916a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
5917warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum.
5918@cindex sixteen-byte integer
5919@cindex integer, 16-byte
5920@end ifset
5921
05e9452c
AM
5922@node Reloc
5923@section @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
5924
5925@cindex @code{reloc} directive
5926Generate a relocation at @var{offset} of type @var{reloc_name} with value
5927@var{expression}. If @var{offset} is a number, the relocation is generated in
5928the current section. If @var{offset} is an expression that resolves to a
5929symbol plus offset, the relocation is generated in the given symbol's section.
5930@var{expression}, if present, must resolve to a symbol plus addend or to an
5931absolute value, but note that not all targets support an addend. e.g. ELF REL
5932targets such as i386 store an addend in the section contents rather than in the
5933relocation. This low level interface does not support addends stored in the
5934section.
5935
252b5132
RH
5936@node Rept
5937@section @code{.rept @var{count}}
5938
5939@cindex @code{rept} directive
5940Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next
5941@code{.endr} directive @var{count} times.
5942
5943For example, assembling
5944
5945@example
5946 .rept 3
5947 .long 0
5948 .endr
5949@end example
5950
5951is equivalent to assembling
5952
5953@example
5954 .long 0
5955 .long 0
5956 .long 0
5957@end example
5958
5959@node Sbttl
5960@section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
5961
5962@cindex @code{sbttl} directive
5963@cindex subtitles for listings
5964@cindex listing control: subtitle
5965Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
5966title line) when generating assembly listings.
5967
5968This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
5969it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
5970
5971@ifset COFF
5972@node Scl
5973@section @code{.scl @var{class}}
5974
5975@cindex @code{scl} directive
5976@cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
5977@cindex COFF symbol storage class
5978Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be
5979used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag
5980whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
5981symbolic debugging information.
5982@ifset BOUT
5983
5984The @samp{.scl} directive is primarily associated with COFF output; when
a4fb0134 5985configured to generate @code{b.out} output format, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
5986accepts this directive but ignores it.
5987@end ifset
5988@end ifset
5989
c1253627 5990@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 5991@node Section
c1253627 5992@section @code{.section @var{name}}
252b5132 5993
252b5132
RH
5994@cindex named section
5995Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section
5996named @var{name}.
5997
5998This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily
5999named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even
6000with a standard @code{a.out} section name.
6001
c1253627
NC
6002@ifset COFF
6003@ifset ELF
6004@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6005@subheading COFF Version
6006@end ifset
6007
6008@cindex @code{section} directive (COFF version)
252b5132
RH
6009For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following
6010ways:
c91d2e08 6011
252b5132
RH
6012@smallexample
6013.section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"]
4e188d17 6014.section @var{name}[, @var{subsection}]
252b5132
RH
6015@end smallexample
6016
6017If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the
6018section. Each flag is a single character. The following flags are recognized:
6019@table @code
6020@item b
6021bss section (uninitialized data)
6022@item n
6023section is not loaded
6024@item w
6025writable section
6026@item d
6027data section
70e0ee1a
KT
6028@item e
6029exclude section from linking
252b5132
RH
6030@item r
6031read-only section
6032@item x
6033executable section
2dcc60be
ILT
6034@item s
6035shared section (meaningful for PE targets)
6ff96af6
NC
6036@item a
6037ignored. (For compatibility with the ELF version)
63ad59ae
KT
6038@item y
6039section is not readable (meaningful for PE targets)
31907d5e
DK
6040@item 0-9
6041single-digit power-of-two section alignment (GNU extension)
252b5132
RH
6042@end table
6043
6044If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6045the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be
7e84d676
NC
6046loaded and writable. Note the @code{n} and @code{w} flags remove attributes
6047from the section, rather than adding them, so if they are used on their own it
6048will be as if no flags had been specified at all.
252b5132
RH
6049
6050If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is
4e188d17 6051taken as a subsection number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}).
c1253627 6052@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6053
6054@ifset ELF
c1253627
NC
6055@ifset COFF
6056@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6057@subheading ELF Version
6058@end ifset
6059
c91d2e08
NC
6060@cindex Section Stack
6061This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12 6062@code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), @code{.pushsection}
a349d9dd
PB
6063(@pxref{PushSection}), @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and
6064@code{.previous} (@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6065
c1253627 6066@cindex @code{section} directive (ELF version)
252b5132 6067For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6068
252b5132 6069@smallexample
7047dd1e 6070.section @var{name} [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{flag_specific_arguments}]]]
252b5132 6071@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6072
252b5132 6073The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any
a349d9dd 6074combination of the following characters:
252b5132
RH
6075@table @code
6076@item a
6077section is allocatable
18ae9cc1
L
6078@item e
6079section is excluded from executable and shared library.
252b5132
RH
6080@item w
6081section is writable
6082@item x
6083section is executable
ec38dd05
JJ
6084@item M
6085section is mergeable
6086@item S
6087section contains zero terminated strings
22fe14ad
NC
6088@item G
6089section is a member of a section group
6090@item T
6091section is used for thread-local-storage
01642c12
RM
6092@item ?
6093section is a member of the previously-current section's group, if any
252b5132
RH
6094@end table
6095
6096The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants:
6097@table @code
6098@item @@progbits
6099section contains data
6100@item @@nobits
6101section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space)
22fe14ad
NC
6102@item @@note
6103section contains data which is used by things other than the program
10b016c2
PB
6104@item @@init_array
6105section contains an array of pointers to init functions
6106@item @@fini_array
6107section contains an array of pointers to finish functions
6108@item @@preinit_array
6109section contains an array of pointers to pre-init functions
252b5132
RH
6110@end table
6111
10b016c2
PB
6112Many targets only support the first three section types.
6113
ececec60
NC
6114Note on targets where the @code{@@} character is the start of a comment (eg
6115ARM) then another character is used instead. For example the ARM port uses the
6116@code{%} character.
6117
22fe14ad 6118If @var{flags} contains the @code{M} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
96e9638b 6119be specified as well as an extra argument---@var{entsize}---like this:
22fe14ad
NC
6120
6121@smallexample
6122.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"M, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}
6123@end smallexample
6124
6125Sections with the @code{M} flag but not @code{S} flag must contain fixed size
6126constants, each @var{entsize} octets long. Sections with both @code{M} and
6127@code{S} must contain zero terminated strings where each character is
6128@var{entsize} bytes long. The linker may remove duplicates within sections with
6129the same name, same entity size and same flags. @var{entsize} must be an
90dce00a
AM
6130absolute expression. For sections with both @code{M} and @code{S}, a string
6131which is a suffix of a larger string is considered a duplicate. Thus
6132@code{"def"} will be merged with @code{"abcdef"}; A reference to the first
6133@code{"def"} will be changed to a reference to @code{"abcdef"+3}.
22fe14ad
NC
6134
6135If @var{flags} contains the @code{G} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
6136be present along with an additional field like this:
6137
6138@smallexample
6139.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"G, @@@var{type}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6140@end smallexample
6141
6142The @var{GroupName} field specifies the name of the section group to which this
6143particular section belongs. The optional linkage field can contain:
6144@table @code
6145@item comdat
6146indicates that only one copy of this section should be retained
6147@item .gnu.linkonce
6148an alias for comdat
6149@end table
6150
96e9638b 6151Note: if both the @var{M} and @var{G} flags are present then the fields for
22fe14ad
NC
6152the Merge flag should come first, like this:
6153
6154@smallexample
6155.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"MG, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6156@end smallexample
ec38dd05 6157
01642c12
RM
6158If @var{flags} contains the @code{?} symbol then it may not also contain the
6159@code{G} symbol and the @var{GroupName} or @var{linkage} fields should not be
6160present. Instead, @code{?} says to consider the section that's current before
6161this directive. If that section used @code{G}, then the new section will use
6162@code{G} with those same @var{GroupName} and @var{linkage} fields implicitly.
6163If not, then the @code{?} symbol has no effect.
6164
252b5132
RH
6165If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6166the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have
6167none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor
6168executable. The section will contain data.
6169
6170For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section}
6171directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler:
c91d2e08 6172
252b5132
RH
6173@smallexample
6174.section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...]
6175@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6176
252b5132
RH
6177Note that the section name is quoted. There may be a sequence of comma
6178separated flags:
6179@table @code
6180@item #alloc
6181section is allocatable
6182@item #write
6183section is writable
6184@item #execinstr
6185section is executable
18ae9cc1
L
6186@item #exclude
6187section is excluded from executable and shared library.
22fe14ad
NC
6188@item #tls
6189section is used for thread local storage
252b5132 6190@end table
c91d2e08 6191
e9863d7f
DJ
6192This directive replaces the current section and subsection. See the
6193contents of the gas testsuite directory @code{gas/testsuite/gas/elf} for
6194some examples of how this directive and the other section stack directives
6195work.
c1253627
NC
6196@end ifset
6197@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6198
6199@node Set
6200@section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
6201
6202@cindex @code{set} directive
6203@cindex symbol value, setting
6204Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This
6205changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
6206@var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
6207flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}).
6208
6209You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly.
6210
6211If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
6212file is the last value stored into it.
6213
3c9b82ba
NC
6214@ifset Z80
6215On Z80 @code{set} is a real instruction, use
6216@samp{@var{symbol} defl @var{expression}} instead.
6217@end ifset
6218
252b5132
RH
6219@node Short
6220@section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
6221
6222@cindex @code{short} directive
6223@ifset GENERIC
6224@code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}.
6225@xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6226
6227In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
96e9638b 6228numbers of different lengths. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6229@end ifset
6230@ifclear GENERIC
6231@ifset W16
6232@code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6233@end ifset
6234@ifset W32
6235This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
6236a 16 bit number for each.
6237@end ifset
6238@end ifclear
6239
6240@node Single
6241@section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
6242
6243@cindex @code{single} directive
6244@cindex floating point numbers (single)
6245This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
6246has the same effect as @code{.float}.
6247@ifset GENERIC
6248The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 6249@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6250@end ifset
6251@ifclear GENERIC
6252@ifset IEEEFLOAT
6253On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
6254numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
6255@end ifset
6256@end ifclear
6257
c1253627 6258@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6259@node Size
c1253627 6260@section @code{.size}
c91d2e08 6261
c1253627
NC
6262This directive is used to set the size associated with a symbol.
6263
6264@ifset COFF
6265@ifset ELF
6266@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6267@subheading COFF Version
6268@end ifset
6269
6270@cindex @code{size} directive (COFF version)
6271For COFF targets, the @code{.size} directive is only permitted inside
6272@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6273
6274@smallexample
6275.size @var{expression}
6276@end smallexample
252b5132 6277
c91d2e08 6278@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6279@samp{.size} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6280@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6281ignores it.
6282@end ifset
c1253627 6283@end ifset
c91d2e08 6284
c1253627
NC
6285@ifset ELF
6286@ifset COFF
6287@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6288@subheading ELF Version
6289@end ifset
6290
6291@cindex @code{size} directive (ELF version)
6292For ELF targets, the @code{.size} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6293
c1253627
NC
6294@smallexample
6295.size @var{name} , @var{expression}
6296@end smallexample
6297
6298This directive sets the size associated with a symbol @var{name}.
c91d2e08
NC
6299The size in bytes is computed from @var{expression} which can make use of label
6300arithmetic. This directive is typically used to set the size of function
6301symbols.
c1253627
NC
6302@end ifset
6303@end ifset
252b5132 6304
252b5132
RH
6305@ifclear no-space-dir
6306@node Skip
6307@section @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6308
6309@cindex @code{skip} directive
6310@cindex filling memory
6311This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6312@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma and
6313@var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same as
6314@samp{.space}.
884f0d36 6315@end ifclear
252b5132 6316
ccf8a69b
BW
6317@node Sleb128
6318@section @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
6319
6320@cindex @code{sleb128} directive
01642c12 6321@var{sleb128} stands for ``signed little endian base 128.'' This is a
ccf8a69b
BW
6322compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
6323symbolic debugging format. @xref{Uleb128, ,@code{.uleb128}}.
6324
884f0d36 6325@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132
RH
6326@node Space
6327@section @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6328
6329@cindex @code{space} directive
6330@cindex filling memory
6331This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6332@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
6333and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same
6334as @samp{.skip}.
6335
6336@ifset HPPA
6337@quotation
6338@emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA
6339targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute. See @cite{HP9000 Series 800
6340Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the
6341@code{.space} directive. @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives},
6342for a summary.
6343@end quotation
6344@end ifset
6345@end ifclear
6346
252b5132
RH
6347@ifset have-stabs
6348@node Stab
6349@section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
6350
6351@cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
6352@cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
6353There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
6354All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
a4fb0134 6355The symbols are not entered in the @command{@value{AS}} hash table: they
252b5132
RH
6356cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
6357Up to five fields are required:
6358
6359@table @var
6360@item string
6361This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except
6362@samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some
6363debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names
6364using this field.
6365
6366@item type
6367An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of
6368this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}}
6369and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns.
6370
6371@item other
6372An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the
6373low 8 bits of this expression.
6374
6375@item desc
6376An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16
6377bits of this expression.
6378
6379@item value
6380An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
6381@end table
6382
6383If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
6384or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created;
6385you get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is
6386compatible with earlier assemblers!
6387
6388@table @code
6389@cindex @code{stabd} directive
6390@item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
6391
6392The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
6393It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a
6394null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
6395strings.
6396
6397The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
6398relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
6399is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was
6400assembled.
6401
6402@cindex @code{stabn} directive
6403@item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6404The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
6405
6406@cindex @code{stabs} directive
6407@item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6408All five fields are specified.
6409@end table
6410@end ifset
6411@c end have-stabs
6412
6413@node String
38a57ae7 6414@section @code{.string} "@var{str}", @code{.string8} "@var{str}", @code{.string16}
01642c12 6415"@var{str}", @code{.string32} "@var{str}", @code{.string64} "@var{str}"
252b5132
RH
6416
6417@cindex string, copying to object file
38a57ae7
NC
6418@cindex string8, copying to object file
6419@cindex string16, copying to object file
6420@cindex string32, copying to object file
6421@cindex string64, copying to object file
252b5132 6422@cindex @code{string} directive
38a57ae7
NC
6423@cindex @code{string8} directive
6424@cindex @code{string16} directive
6425@cindex @code{string32} directive
6426@cindex @code{string64} directive
252b5132
RH
6427
6428Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file. You may specify more than
6429one string to copy, separated by commas. Unless otherwise specified for a
6430particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte.
6431You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}.
6432
01642c12 6433The variants @code{string16}, @code{string32} and @code{string64} differ from
38a57ae7
NC
6434the @code{string} pseudo opcode in that each 8-bit character from @var{str} is
6435copied and expanded to 16, 32 or 64 bits respectively. The expanded characters
6436are stored in target endianness byte order.
6437
6438Example:
6439@smallexample
6440 .string32 "BYE"
6441expands to:
6442 .string "B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E\0\0\0" /* On little endian targets. */
6443 .string "\0\0\0B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E" /* On big endian targets. */
6444@end smallexample
6445
6446
252b5132
RH
6447@node Struct
6448@section @code{.struct @var{expression}}
6449
6450@cindex @code{struct} directive
6451Switch to the absolute section, and set the section offset to @var{expression},
6452which must be an absolute expression. You might use this as follows:
6453@smallexample
6454 .struct 0
6455field1:
6456 .struct field1 + 4
6457field2:
6458 .struct field2 + 4
6459field3:
6460@end smallexample
6461This would define the symbol @code{field1} to have the value 0, the symbol
6462@code{field2} to have the value 4, and the symbol @code{field3} to have the
6463value 8. Assembly would be left in the absolute section, and you would need to
6464use a @code{.section} directive of some sort to change to some other section
6465before further assembly.
6466
c91d2e08
NC
6467@ifset ELF
6468@node SubSection
6469@section @code{.subsection @var{name}}
6470
c1253627 6471@cindex @code{subsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6472@cindex Section Stack
6473This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6474@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}),
6475@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6476(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08
NC
6477
6478This directive replaces the current subsection with @code{name}. The current
6479section is not changed. The replaced subsection is put onto the section stack
6480in place of the then current top of stack subsection.
c91d2e08
NC
6481@end ifset
6482
252b5132
RH
6483@ifset ELF
6484@node Symver
6485@section @code{.symver}
6486@cindex @code{symver} directive
6487@cindex symbol versioning
6488@cindex versions of symbols
6489Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes
6490within a source file. This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is
6491typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library.
6492There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound
6493into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a
6494shared library.
6495
79082ff0 6496For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive can be used like this:
252b5132
RH
6497@smallexample
6498.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename}
6499@end smallexample
339681c0 6500If the symbol @var{name} is defined within the file
79082ff0 6501being assembled, the @code{.symver} directive effectively creates a symbol
252b5132
RH
6502alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we
6503just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't
6504permitted in symbol names. The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name
6505of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced. The name @var{name}
6506itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to
6507have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source
6508file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a
6509function is being mentioned. The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be
6510the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when
6511building a shared library. If you are attempting to override a versioned
6512symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the
6513nodename of the symbol you are trying to override.
339681c0
L
6514
6515If the symbol @var{name} is not defined within the file being assembled, all
6516references to @var{name} will be changed to @var{name2@@nodename}. If no
6517reference to @var{name} is made, @var{name2@@nodename} will be removed from the
6518symbol table.
79082ff0
L
6519
6520Another usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6521@smallexample
6522.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@nodename}
6523@end smallexample
6524In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within
a349d9dd 6525the file being assembled. It is similar to @var{name2@@nodename}. The
79082ff0
L
6526difference is @var{name2@@@@nodename} will also be used to resolve
6527references to @var{name2} by the linker.
6528
6529The third usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6530@smallexample
6531.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@@@nodename}
6532@end smallexample
6533When @var{name} is not defined within the
6534file being assembled, it is treated as @var{name2@@nodename}. When
6535@var{name} is defined within the file being assembled, the symbol
6536name, @var{name}, will be changed to @var{name2@@@@nodename}.
252b5132
RH
6537@end ifset
6538
6539@ifset COFF
6540@node Tag
6541@section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
6542
6543@cindex COFF structure debugging
6544@cindex structure debugging, COFF
6545@cindex @code{tag} directive
6546This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
6547information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
6548@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure
6549definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
6550@ifset BOUT
6551
6552@samp{.tag} is only used when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6553@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6554ignores it.
6555@end ifset
6556@end ifset
6557
6558@node Text
6559@section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
6560
6561@cindex @code{text} directive
a4fb0134 6562Tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
252b5132
RH
6563the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
6564expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
6565is used.
6566
6567@node Title
6568@section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
6569
6570@cindex @code{title} directive
6571@cindex listing control: title line
6572Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
6573source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
6574
6575This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6576it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6577
c1253627 6578@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6579@node Type
c1253627
NC
6580@section @code{.type}
6581
6582This directive is used to set the type of a symbol.
6583
6584@ifset COFF
6585@ifset ELF
6586@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6587@subheading COFF Version
6588@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6589
6590@cindex COFF symbol type
6591@cindex symbol type, COFF
c1253627
NC
6592@cindex @code{type} directive (COFF version)
6593For COFF targets, this directive is permitted only within
6594@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6595
6596@smallexample
6597.type @var{int}
6598@end smallexample
6599
6600This records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table
6601entry.
252b5132 6602
c91d2e08 6603@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6604@samp{.type} is associated only with COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6605@command{@value{AS}} is configured for @code{b.out} output, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
6606directive but ignores it.
6607@end ifset
c1253627 6608@end ifset
c91d2e08 6609
c1253627
NC
6610@ifset ELF
6611@ifset COFF
6612@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6613@subheading ELF Version
6614@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6615
6616@cindex ELF symbol type
6617@cindex symbol type, ELF
c1253627
NC
6618@cindex @code{type} directive (ELF version)
6619For ELF targets, the @code{.type} directive is used like this:
6620
6621@smallexample
6622.type @var{name} , @var{type description}
6623@end smallexample
6624
6625This sets the type of symbol @var{name} to be either a
a349d9dd 6626function symbol or an object symbol. There are five different syntaxes
c91d2e08 6627supported for the @var{type description} field, in order to provide
28c9d252 6628compatibility with various other assemblers.
58ab4f3d
MM
6629
6630Because some of the characters used in these syntaxes (such as @samp{@@} and
6631@samp{#}) are comment characters for some architectures, some of the syntaxes
6632below do not work on all architectures. The first variant will be accepted by
6633the GNU assembler on all architectures so that variant should be used for
6634maximum portability, if you do not need to assemble your code with other
6635assemblers.
6636
6637The syntaxes supported are:
c91d2e08
NC
6638
6639@smallexample
5671778d
NC
6640 .type <name> STT_<TYPE_IN_UPPER_CASE>
6641 .type <name>,#<type>
6642 .type <name>,@@<type>
e7c33416 6643 .type <name>,%<type>
5671778d
NC
6644 .type <name>,"<type>"
6645@end smallexample
6646
6647The types supported are:
58ab4f3d 6648
5671778d
NC
6649@table @gcctabopt
6650@item STT_FUNC
6651@itemx function
6652Mark the symbol as being a function name.
c91d2e08 6653
d8045f23
NC
6654@item STT_GNU_IFUNC
6655@itemx gnu_indirect_function
6656Mark the symbol as an indirect function when evaluated during reloc
9c55345c 6657processing. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU systems).
d8045f23 6658
5671778d
NC
6659@item STT_OBJECT
6660@itemx object
6661Mark the symbol as being a data object.
6662
6663@item STT_TLS
6664@itemx tls_object
6665Mark the symbol as being a thead-local data object.
6666
6667@item STT_COMMON
6668@itemx common
6669Mark the symbol as being a common data object.
e7c33416
NC
6670
6671@item STT_NOTYPE
6672@itemx notype
6673Does not mark the symbol in any way. It is supported just for completeness.
6674
3e7a7d11
NC
6675@item gnu_unique_object
6676Marks the symbol as being a globally unique data object. The dynamic linker
6677will make sure that in the entire process there is just one symbol with this
9c55345c
TS
6678name and type in use. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU
6679systems).
3e7a7d11 6680
5671778d
NC
6681@end table
6682
6683Note: Some targets support extra types in addition to those listed above.
c91d2e08 6684
c1253627
NC
6685@end ifset
6686@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6687
6688@node Uleb128
6689@section @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
6690
6691@cindex @code{uleb128} directive
01642c12 6692@var{uleb128} stands for ``unsigned little endian base 128.'' This is a
c91d2e08 6693compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
96e9638b 6694symbolic debugging format. @xref{Sleb128, ,@code{.sleb128}}.
252b5132
RH
6695
6696@ifset COFF
6697@node Val
6698@section @code{.val @var{addr}}
6699
6700@cindex @code{val} directive
6701@cindex COFF value attribute
6702@cindex value attribute, COFF
6703This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
6704records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
6705entry.
6706@ifset BOUT
6707
a4fb0134 6708@samp{.val} is used only for COFF output; when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
6709configured for @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but ignores it.
6710@end ifset
6711@end ifset
6712
2e13b764 6713@ifset ELF
c91d2e08
NC
6714@node Version
6715@section @code{.version "@var{string}"}
2e13b764 6716
c1253627 6717@cindex @code{version} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6718This directive creates a @code{.note} section and places into it an ELF
6719formatted note of type NT_VERSION. The note's name is set to @code{string}.
9a297610 6720@end ifset
2e13b764 6721
c91d2e08
NC
6722@ifset ELF
6723@node VTableEntry
6724@section @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
2e13b764 6725
653cfe85 6726@cindex @code{vtable_entry} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6727This directive finds or creates a symbol @code{table} and creates a
6728@code{VTABLE_ENTRY} relocation for it with an addend of @code{offset}.
2e13b764 6729
c91d2e08
NC
6730@node VTableInherit
6731@section @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 6732
653cfe85 6733@cindex @code{vtable_inherit} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6734This directive finds the symbol @code{child} and finds or creates the symbol
6735@code{parent} and then creates a @code{VTABLE_INHERIT} relocation for the
a349d9dd 6736parent whose addend is the value of the child symbol. As a special case the
96e9638b 6737parent name of @code{0} is treated as referring to the @code{*ABS*} section.
c91d2e08 6738@end ifset
2e13b764 6739
d190d046
HPN
6740@node Warning
6741@section @code{.warning "@var{string}"}
6742@cindex warning directive
6743Similar to the directive @code{.error}
6744(@pxref{Error,,@code{.error "@var{string}"}}), but just emits a warning.
6745
c91d2e08
NC
6746@node Weak
6747@section @code{.weak @var{names}}
2e13b764 6748
c1253627 6749@cindex @code{weak} directive
a349d9dd 6750This directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c91d2e08 6751@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
c87db184 6752
01642c12 6753On COFF targets other than PE, weak symbols are a GNU extension. This
977cdf5a 6754directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c87db184
CF
6755@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
6756
977cdf5a 6757On the PE target, weak symbols are supported natively as weak aliases.
01642c12 6758When a weak symbol is created that is not an alias, GAS creates an
977cdf5a 6759alternate symbol to hold the default value.
2e13b764 6760
06e77878
AO
6761@node Weakref
6762@section @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{target}}
6763
6764@cindex @code{weakref} directive
6765This directive creates an alias to the target symbol that enables the symbol to
6766be referenced with weak-symbol semantics, but without actually making it weak.
6767If direct references or definitions of the symbol are present, then the symbol
6768will not be weak, but if all references to it are through weak references, the
6769symbol will be marked as weak in the symbol table.
6770
6771The effect is equivalent to moving all references to the alias to a separate
6772assembly source file, renaming the alias to the symbol in it, declaring the
6773symbol as weak there, and running a reloadable link to merge the object files
6774resulting from the assembly of the new source file and the old source file that
6775had the references to the alias removed.
6776
6777The alias itself never makes to the symbol table, and is entirely handled
6778within the assembler.
6779
252b5132
RH
6780@node Word
6781@section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
6782
6783@cindex @code{word} directive
6784This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
6785separated by commas.
6786@ifclear GENERIC
6787@ifset W32
a4fb0134 6788For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6789@end ifset
6790@ifset W16
a4fb0134 6791For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6792@end ifset
6793@end ifclear
6794@ifset GENERIC
6795
6796The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
6797depend on what target computer the assembly is for.
6798@end ifset
6799
6800@c on amd29k, i960, sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
6801@c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
6802@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6803@cindex difference tables altered
6804@cindex altered difference tables
6805@quotation
6806@emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
6807@end quotation
6808
6809@ifset GENERIC
6810Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
6811addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of
6812interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
6813@pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue.
6814
6815@end ifset
6816In order to assemble compiler output into something that works,
a4fb0134 6817@command{@value{AS}} occasionally does strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
252b5132 6818Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
a4fb0134 6819compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @command{@value{AS}} assembles a
252b5132 6820directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
a4fb0134 6821@code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
6822creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
6823This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the
6824first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow
6825of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the
6826table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word}
6827contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
6828@code{sym2}.
6829
6830If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
6831secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted. If there was a
6832@samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
6833long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table,
6834and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
6835minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
6836entries in the original jump table as necessary.
6837
6838@ifset INTERNALS
a4fb0134 6839@emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @command{@value{AS}} with the
252b5132
RH
6840@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
6841assembly language programmers.
6842@end ifset
6843@end ifset
6844@c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6845
6846@node Deprecated
6847@section Deprecated Directives
6848
6849@cindex deprecated directives
6850@cindex obsolescent directives
6851One day these directives won't work.
6852They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
6853@table @t
6854@item .abort
6855@item .line
6856@end table
6857
3a99f02f
DJ
6858@ifset ELF
6859@node Object Attributes
6860@chapter Object Attributes
6861@cindex object attributes
6862
6863@command{@value{AS}} assembles source files written for a specific architecture
6864into object files for that architecture. But not all object files are alike.
6865Many architectures support incompatible variations. For instance, floating
6866point arguments might be passed in floating point registers if the object file
6867requires hardware floating point support---or floating point arguments might be
6868passed in integer registers if the object file supports processors with no
6869hardware floating point unit. Or, if two objects are built for different
6870generations of the same architecture, the combination may require the
6871newer generation at run-time.
6872
6873This information is useful during and after linking. At link time,
6874@command{@value{LD}} can warn about incompatible object files. After link
6875time, tools like @command{gdb} can use it to process the linked file
6876correctly.
6877
6878Compatibility information is recorded as a series of object attributes. Each
6879attribute has a @dfn{vendor}, @dfn{tag}, and @dfn{value}. The vendor is a
6880string, and indicates who sets the meaning of the tag. The tag is an integer,
6881and indicates what property the attribute describes. The value may be a string
6882or an integer, and indicates how the property affects this object. Missing
6883attributes are the same as attributes with a zero value or empty string value.
6884
6885Object attributes were developed as part of the ABI for the ARM Architecture.
6886The file format is documented in @cite{ELF for the ARM Architecture}.
6887
6888@menu
6889* GNU Object Attributes:: @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
6890* Defining New Object Attributes:: Defining New Object Attributes
6891@end menu
6892
6893@node GNU Object Attributes
6894@section @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
6895
6896The @code{.gnu_attribute} directive records an object attribute
6897with vendor @samp{gnu}.
6898
6899Except for @samp{Tag_compatibility}, which has both an integer and a string for
6900its value, @sc{gnu} attributes have a string value if the tag number is odd and
6901an integer value if the tag number is even. The second bit (@code{@var{tag} &
69022} is set for architecture-independent attributes and clear for
6903architecture-dependent ones.
6904
6905@subsection Common @sc{gnu} attributes
6906
6907These attributes are valid on all architectures.
6908
6909@table @r
6910@item Tag_compatibility (32)
6911The compatibility attribute takes an integer flag value and a vendor name. If
6912the flag value is 0, the file is compatible with other toolchains. If it is 1,
6913then the file is only compatible with the named toolchain. If it is greater
6914than 1, the file can only be processed by other toolchains under some private
6915arrangement indicated by the flag value and the vendor name.
6916@end table
6917
6918@subsection MIPS Attributes
6919
6920@table @r
6921@item Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP (4)
6922The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6923
6924@itemize @bullet
6925@item
69260 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
6927@item
69281 for files using the hardware floating-point with a standard double-precision
6929FPU.
6930@item
69312 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a single-precision FPU.
6932@item
69333 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
42554f6a
TS
6934@item
69354 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit wide
6936double-precision floating-point registers and 32-bit wide general
6937purpose registers.
3a99f02f
DJ
6938@end itemize
6939@end table
6940
6941@subsection PowerPC Attributes
6942
6943@table @r
6944@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP (4)
6945The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6946
6947@itemize @bullet
6948@item
69490 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
6950@item
3c7b9897 69511 for files using double-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
6952@item
69532 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
3c7b9897
AM
6954@item
69553 for files using single-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
6956@end itemize
6957
6958@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector (8)
6959The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6960
6961@itemize @bullet
6962@item
69630 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
6964@item
69651 for files using general purpose registers to pass vectors.
6966@item
69672 for files using AltiVec registers to pass vectors.
6968@item
69693 for files using SPE registers to pass vectors.
6970@end itemize
6971@end table
6972
6973@node Defining New Object Attributes
6974@section Defining New Object Attributes
6975
6976If you want to define a new @sc{gnu} object attribute, here are the places you
6977will need to modify. New attributes should be discussed on the @samp{binutils}
6978mailing list.
6979
6980@itemize @bullet
6981@item
6982This manual, which is the official register of attributes.
6983@item
6984The header for your architecture @file{include/elf}, to define the tag.
6985@item
6986The @file{bfd} support file for your architecture, to merge the attribute
6987and issue any appropriate link warnings.
6988@item
6989Test cases in @file{ld/testsuite} for merging and link warnings.
6990@item
6991@file{binutils/readelf.c} to display your attribute.
6992@item
6993GCC, if you want the compiler to mark the attribute automatically.
6994@end itemize
6995
6996@end ifset
6997
252b5132
RH
6998@ifset GENERIC
6999@node Machine Dependencies
7000@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7001
7002@cindex machine dependencies
7003The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
a4fb0134
SC
7004each machine where @command{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations
7005vary as well, and @command{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional
252b5132
RH
7006directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
7007assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of
a4fb0134 7008@command{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
252b5132
RH
7009optimization.
7010
7011This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
7012include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that
7013subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
7014
7015@menu
a06ea964
NC
7016@ifset AARCH64
7017* AArch64-Dependent:: AArch64 Dependent Features
7018@end ifset
625e1353
RH
7019@ifset ALPHA
7020* Alpha-Dependent:: Alpha Dependent Features
7021@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7022@ifset ARC
7023* ARC-Dependent:: ARC Dependent Features
7024@end ifset
7025@ifset ARM
7026* ARM-Dependent:: ARM Dependent Features
7027@end ifset
8473f7a4
DC
7028@ifset AVR
7029* AVR-Dependent:: AVR Dependent Features
7030@end ifset
3b4e1885
JZ
7031@ifset Blackfin
7032* Blackfin-Dependent:: Blackfin Dependent Features
07c1b327 7033@end ifset
3d3d428f
NC
7034@ifset CR16
7035* CR16-Dependent:: CR16 Dependent Features
7036@end ifset
8bf549a8 7037@ifset CRIS
328eb32e
HPN
7038* CRIS-Dependent:: CRIS Dependent Features
7039@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7040@ifset D10V
7041* D10V-Dependent:: D10V Dependent Features
7042@end ifset
7043@ifset D30V
7044* D30V-Dependent:: D30V Dependent Features
7045@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
7046@ifset EPIPHANY
7047* Epiphany-Dependent:: EPIPHANY Dependent Features
7048@end ifset
252b5132 7049@ifset H8/300
c2dcd04e 7050* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
252b5132 7051@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7052@ifset HPPA
7053* HPPA-Dependent:: HPPA Dependent Features
7054@end ifset
5b93d8bb
AM
7055@ifset I370
7056* ESA/390-Dependent:: IBM ESA/390 Dependent Features
7057@end ifset
252b5132 7058@ifset I80386
55b62671 7059* i386-Dependent:: Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 Dependent Features
252b5132 7060@end ifset
e3308d0d
JE
7061@ifset I860
7062* i860-Dependent:: Intel 80860 Dependent Features
7063@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7064@ifset I960
7065* i960-Dependent:: Intel 80960 Dependent Features
7066@end ifset
5cb53c21
L
7067@ifset IA64
7068* IA-64-Dependent:: Intel IA-64 Dependent Features
7069@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
7070@ifset IP2K
7071* IP2K-Dependent:: IP2K Dependent Features
7072@end ifset
84e94c90
NC
7073@ifset LM32
7074* LM32-Dependent:: LM32 Dependent Features
7075@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
7076@ifset M32C
7077* M32C-Dependent:: M32C Dependent Features
7078@end ifset
ec694b89
NC
7079@ifset M32R
7080* M32R-Dependent:: M32R Dependent Features
7081@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7082@ifset M680X0
7083* M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features
7084@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
7085@ifset M68HC11
7086* M68HC11-Dependent:: M68HC11 and 68HC12 Dependent Features
7087@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
7088@ifset METAG
7089* Meta-Dependent :: Meta Dependent Features
7090@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
7091@ifset MICROBLAZE
7092* MicroBlaze-Dependent:: MICROBLAZE Dependent Features
7093@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7094@ifset MIPS
7095* MIPS-Dependent:: MIPS Dependent Features
7096@end ifset
3c3bdf30
NC
7097@ifset MMIX
7098* MMIX-Dependent:: MMIX Dependent Features
7099@end ifset
2469cfa2
NC
7100@ifset MSP430
7101* MSP430-Dependent:: MSP430 Dependent Features
7102@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
7103@ifset NIOSII
7104* NiosII-Dependent:: Altera Nios II Dependent Features
7105@end ifset
7c31ae13
NC
7106@ifset NS32K
7107* NS32K-Dependent:: NS32K Dependent Features
7108@end ifset
252b5132 7109@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
7110* SH-Dependent:: Renesas / SuperH SH Dependent Features
7111* SH64-Dependent:: SuperH SH64 Dependent Features
252b5132 7112@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
7113@ifset PDP11
7114* PDP-11-Dependent:: PDP-11 Dependent Features
7115@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
7116@ifset PJ
7117* PJ-Dependent:: picoJava Dependent Features
7118@end ifset
418c1742
MG
7119@ifset PPC
7120* PPC-Dependent:: PowerPC Dependent Features
7121@end ifset
99c513f6
DD
7122@ifset RL78
7123* RL78-Dependent:: RL78 Dependent Features
7124@end ifset
046d31c2
NC
7125@ifset RX
7126* RX-Dependent:: RX Dependent Features
7127@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
7128@ifset S390
7129* S/390-Dependent:: IBM S/390 Dependent Features
7130@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
7131@ifset SCORE
7132* SCORE-Dependent:: SCORE Dependent Features
7133@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7134@ifset SPARC
7135* Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features
7136@end ifset
39bec121
TW
7137@ifset TIC54X
7138* TIC54X-Dependent:: TI TMS320C54x Dependent Features
7139@end ifset
40b36596
JM
7140@ifset TIC6X
7141* TIC6X-Dependent :: TI TMS320C6x Dependent Features
7142@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
7143@ifset TILEGX
7144* TILE-Gx-Dependent :: Tilera TILE-Gx Dependent Features
7145@end ifset
7146@ifset TILEPRO
7147* TILEPro-Dependent :: Tilera TILEPro Dependent Features
7148@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7149@ifset V850
7150* V850-Dependent:: V850 Dependent Features
7151@end ifset
f6c1a2d5
NC
7152@ifset XGATE
7153* XGATE-Dependent:: XGATE Features
7154@end ifset
6753e72f
NC
7155@ifset XSTORMY16
7156* XSTORMY16-Dependent:: XStormy16 Dependent Features
7157@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
7158@ifset XTENSA
7159* Xtensa-Dependent:: Xtensa Dependent Features
7160@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
7161@ifset Z80
7162* Z80-Dependent:: Z80 Dependent Features
7163@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7164@ifset Z8000
7165* Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features
7166@end ifset
7167@ifset VAX
7168* Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features
7169@end ifset
7170@end menu
7171
7172@lowersections
7173@end ifset
7174
7175@c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters*
7176@c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @lowersections. There is a
7177@c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called
7178@c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each
7179@c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of
7180@c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH
7181@c in both conditional blocks.
7182
a06ea964
NC
7183@ifset AARCH64
7184@include c-aarch64.texi
7185@end ifset
7186
625e1353
RH
7187@ifset ALPHA
7188@include c-alpha.texi
7189@end ifset
7190
7191@ifset ARC
7192@include c-arc.texi
7193@end ifset
7194
252b5132
RH
7195@ifset ARM
7196@include c-arm.texi
7197@end ifset
7198
8473f7a4
DC
7199@ifset AVR
7200@include c-avr.texi
7201@end ifset
7202
3b4e1885 7203@ifset Blackfin
07c1b327
CM
7204@include c-bfin.texi
7205@end ifset
7206
3d3d428f
NC
7207@ifset CR16
7208@include c-cr16.texi
7209@end ifset
7210
328eb32e
HPN
7211@ifset CRIS
7212@include c-cris.texi
7213@end ifset
7214
c2dcd04e 7215@ifset Renesas-all
252b5132
RH
7216@ifclear GENERIC
7217@node Machine Dependencies
7218@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7219
c2dcd04e 7220The machine instruction sets are different on each Renesas chip family,
252b5132 7221and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This
a4fb0134 7222chapter describes the specific @command{@value{AS}} features for each
252b5132
RH
7223family.
7224
7225@menu
c2dcd04e 7226* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
c2dcd04e 7227* SH-Dependent:: Renesas SH Dependent Features
252b5132
RH
7228@end menu
7229@lowersections
7230@end ifclear
7231@end ifset
7232
7233@ifset D10V
7234@include c-d10v.texi
7235@end ifset
7236
7237@ifset D30V
7238@include c-d30v.texi
7239@end ifset
7240
cfb8c092
NC
7241@ifset EPIPHANY
7242@include c-epiphany.texi
7243@end ifset
7244
252b5132
RH
7245@ifset H8/300
7246@include c-h8300.texi
7247@end ifset
7248
252b5132
RH
7249@ifset HPPA
7250@include c-hppa.texi
7251@end ifset
7252
5b93d8bb
AM
7253@ifset I370
7254@include c-i370.texi
7255@end ifset
7256
252b5132
RH
7257@ifset I80386
7258@include c-i386.texi
7259@end ifset
7260
e3308d0d
JE
7261@ifset I860
7262@include c-i860.texi
7263@end ifset
7264
252b5132
RH
7265@ifset I960
7266@include c-i960.texi
7267@end ifset
7268
9e32ca89
NC
7269@ifset IA64
7270@include c-ia64.texi
7271@end ifset
7272
a40cbfa3
NC
7273@ifset IP2K
7274@include c-ip2k.texi
7275@end ifset
7276
84e94c90
NC
7277@ifset LM32
7278@include c-lm32.texi
7279@end ifset
7280
49f58d10
JB
7281@ifset M32C
7282@include c-m32c.texi
7283@end ifset
7284
ec694b89
NC
7285@ifset M32R
7286@include c-m32r.texi
7287@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7288
7289@ifset M680X0
7290@include c-m68k.texi
7291@end ifset
7292
60bcf0fa
NC
7293@ifset M68HC11
7294@include c-m68hc11.texi
7295@end ifset
7296
a3c62988
NC
7297@ifset METAG
7298@include c-metag.texi
7299@end ifset
7300
01642c12 7301@ifset MICROBLAZE
7ba29e2a
NC
7302@include c-microblaze.texi
7303@end ifset
7304
252b5132
RH
7305@ifset MIPS
7306@include c-mips.texi
7307@end ifset
7308
3c3bdf30
NC
7309@ifset MMIX
7310@include c-mmix.texi
7311@end ifset
7312
2469cfa2
NC
7313@ifset MSP430
7314@include c-msp430.texi
7315@end ifset
7316
36591ba1
SL
7317@ifset NIOSII
7318@include c-nios2.texi
7319@end ifset
7320
252b5132
RH
7321@ifset NS32K
7322@include c-ns32k.texi
7323@end ifset
7324
e135f41b
NC
7325@ifset PDP11
7326@include c-pdp11.texi
7327@end ifset
7328
041dd5a9
ILT
7329@ifset PJ
7330@include c-pj.texi
7331@end ifset
7332
418c1742
MG
7333@ifset PPC
7334@include c-ppc.texi
7335@end ifset
7336
99c513f6
DD
7337@ifset RL78
7338@include c-rl78.texi
7339@end ifset
7340
046d31c2
NC
7341@ifset RX
7342@include c-rx.texi
7343@end ifset
7344
11c19e16
MS
7345@ifset S390
7346@include c-s390.texi
7347@end ifset
7348
c0157db4
NC
7349@ifset SCORE
7350@include c-score.texi
7351@end ifset
7352
252b5132
RH
7353@ifset SH
7354@include c-sh.texi
324bfcf3 7355@include c-sh64.texi
252b5132
RH
7356@end ifset
7357
7358@ifset SPARC
7359@include c-sparc.texi
7360@end ifset
7361
39bec121
TW
7362@ifset TIC54X
7363@include c-tic54x.texi
7364@end ifset
7365
40b36596
JM
7366@ifset TIC6X
7367@include c-tic6x.texi
7368@end ifset
7369
aa137e4d
NC
7370@ifset TILEGX
7371@include c-tilegx.texi
7372@end ifset
7373
7374@ifset TILEPRO
7375@include c-tilepro.texi
7376@end ifset
7377
3c9b82ba
NC
7378@ifset Z80
7379@include c-z80.texi
7380@end ifset
7381
252b5132
RH
7382@ifset Z8000
7383@include c-z8k.texi
7384@end ifset
7385
7386@ifset VAX
7387@include c-vax.texi
7388@end ifset
7389
7390@ifset V850
7391@include c-v850.texi
7392@end ifset
7393
f6c1a2d5
NC
7394@ifset XGATE
7395@include c-xgate.texi
7396@end ifset
7397
6753e72f
NC
7398@ifset XSTORMY16
7399@include c-xstormy16.texi
7400@end ifset
7401
e0001a05
NC
7402@ifset XTENSA
7403@include c-xtensa.texi
7404@end ifset
7405
252b5132
RH
7406@ifset GENERIC
7407@c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter
7408@raisesections
7409@end ifset
7410
7411@node Reporting Bugs
7412@chapter Reporting Bugs
7413@cindex bugs in assembler
7414@cindex reporting bugs in assembler
7415
a4fb0134 7416Your bug reports play an essential role in making @command{@value{AS}} reliable.
252b5132
RH
7417
7418Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may
7419not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the
a4fb0134
SC
7420entire community by making the next version of @command{@value{AS}} work better.
7421Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7422
7423In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
7424information that enables us to fix the bug.
7425
7426@menu
7427* Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
7428* Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
7429@end menu
7430
7431@node Bug Criteria
c1253627 7432@section Have You Found a Bug?
252b5132
RH
7433@cindex bug criteria
7434
7435If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
7436
7437@itemize @bullet
7438@cindex fatal signal
7439@cindex assembler crash
7440@cindex crash of assembler
7441@item
7442If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
a4fb0134 7443@command{@value{AS}} bug. Reliable assemblers never crash.
252b5132
RH
7444
7445@cindex error on valid input
7446@item
a4fb0134 7447If @command{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
252b5132
RH
7448
7449@cindex invalid input
7450@item
a4fb0134 7451If @command{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
252b5132
RH
7452is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might
7453be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''.
7454
7455@item
7456If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement
a4fb0134 7457of @command{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case.
252b5132
RH
7458@end itemize
7459
7460@node Bug Reporting
c1253627 7461@section How to Report Bugs
252b5132
RH
7462@cindex bug reports
7463@cindex assembler bugs, reporting
7464
7465A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If
a4fb0134 7466you obtained @command{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you
252b5132
RH
7467contact that organization first.
7468
7469You can find contact information for many support companies and
7470individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
7471distribution.
7472
ad22bfe8 7473@ifset BUGURL
a4fb0134 7474In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @command{@value{AS}}
ad22bfe8
JM
7475to @value{BUGURL}.
7476@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7477
7478The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
7479@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
7480fact or leave it out, state it!
7481
7482Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem
7483and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the
7484name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does
7485not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which
7486happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory;
7487perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool
7488the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and
7489give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do,
7490and the most helpful.
7491
7492Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
7493it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
7494that the bug has not been reported previously.
7495
7496Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
c1253627
NC
7497bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We
7498respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate.
7499You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.
252b5132
RH
7500
7501To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
7502
7503@itemize @bullet
7504@item
a4fb0134 7505The version of @command{@value{AS}}. @command{@value{AS}} announces it if you start
252b5132
RH
7506it with the @samp{--version} argument.
7507
7508Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
a4fb0134 7509the bug in the current version of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7510
7511@item
a4fb0134 7512Any patches you may have applied to the @command{@value{AS}} source.
252b5132
RH
7513
7514@item
7515The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
7516version number.
7517
7518@item
a4fb0134 7519What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @command{@value{AS}}---e.g.
252b5132
RH
7520``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
7521
7522@item
7523The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and
7524observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them
7525all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
7526
7527If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
7528and then we might not encounter the bug.
7529
7530@item
7531A complete input file that will reproduce the bug. If the bug is observed when
7532the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the
7533high level language source. Most compilers will produce the assembler source
7534when run with the @samp{-S} option. If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use
7535the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a
7536file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how
a4fb0134 7537@command{@value{AS}} is being run.
252b5132
RH
7538
7539@item
7540A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
7541incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
7542
a4fb0134 7543Of course, if the bug is that @command{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we
252b5132
RH
7544will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
7545notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to
7546make a mistake.
7547
7548Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so
7549explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of
b45619c0 7550@command{@value{AS}} is out of sync, or you have encountered a bug in the C
252b5132
RH
7551library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours
7552would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we
7553would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to
7554expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
7555observations.
7556
7557@item
a4fb0134 7558If you wish to suggest changes to the @command{@value{AS}} source, send us context
252b5132
RH
7559diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p}
7560option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you even
a4fb0134 7561discuss something in the @command{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not
252b5132
RH
7562by line number.
7563
7564The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
7565sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
7566@end itemize
7567
7568Here are some things that are not necessary:
7569
7570@itemize @bullet
7571@item
7572A description of the envelope of the bug.
7573
7574Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
7575which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
7576changes will not affect it.
7577
7578This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
7579will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
7580with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
7581We recommend that you save your time for something else.
7582
7583Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
7584of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
7585output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
7586less time, and so on.
7587
7588However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
7589report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
7590
7591@item
7592A patch for the bug.
7593
7594A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
7595the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
7596a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
7597to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
7598
a4fb0134 7599Sometimes with a program as complicated as @command{@value{AS}} it is very hard to
252b5132
RH
7600construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through
7601the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct
7602one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
7603
7604And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
7605patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
7606help us to understand.
7607
7608@item
7609A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
7610
7611Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
7612things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
7613@end itemize
7614
7615@node Acknowledgements
7616@chapter Acknowledgements
7617
653cfe85 7618If you have contributed to GAS and your name isn't listed here,
252b5132 7619it is not meant as a slight. We just don't know about it. Send mail to the
01642c12 7620maintainer, and we'll correct the situation. Currently
3bfcb652
NC
7621@c (October 2012),
7622the maintainer is Nick Clifton (email address @code{nickc@@redhat.com}).
252b5132
RH
7623
7624Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any
7625more details?}
7626
7627Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug
7628information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and
7629extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}.
7630
7631K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and
7632many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS
7633up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite,
7634testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration
7635including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits
7636and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added
7637support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF
7638port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode
7639file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know''
7640assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint.
7641
7642Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code
7643in format-specific I/O modules.
7644
7645The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan. Eric Youngdale
7646has done much work with it since.
7647
7648The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus.
7649
7650Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support.
7651
7652The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo
7653University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
7654
7655Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end
7656(@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support
7657(which hasn't been merged in yet). Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to
7658support a.out format.
7659
7be1c489
AM
7660Support for the Zilog Z8k and Renesas H8/300 processors (tc-z8k,
7661tc-h8300), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by
252b5132
RH
7662Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support. Steve also modified the COFF back end to
7663use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k
7664targets.
7665
7666John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and
7667simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives. He
7668updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced
c1253627 7669fixed-size instructions (e.g., @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions
252b5132
RH
7670remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}). John fixed many bugs, including true tested
7671cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and
7672required the proverbial one-bit fix.
7673
7674Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the
767568k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix),
7676added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and
7677PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches.
7678
653cfe85 7679Steve Chamberlain made GAS able to generate listings.
252b5132
RH
7680
7681Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300.
7682
7683Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM)
7684along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object
7685formats). This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at
7686the University of Utah and Cygnus Support.
7687
7688Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus
7689Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and
7690Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open
7691Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc,
7692and some initial 64-bit support).
7693
c1253627 7694Linas Vepstas added GAS support for the ESA/390 ``IBM 370'' architecture.
5b93d8bb 7695
252b5132
RH
7696Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD
7697support for openVMS/Alpha.
7698
39bec121
TW
7699Timothy Wall, Michael Hayes, and Greg Smart contributed to the various tic*
7700flavors.
7701
e0001a05 7702David Heine, Sterling Augustine, Bob Wilson and John Ruttenberg from Tensilica,
b45619c0 7703Inc.@: added support for Xtensa processors.
e0001a05 7704
252b5132
RH
7705Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and
7706configuration enhancements.
7707
84e94c90
NC
7708Jon Beniston added support for the Lattice Mico32 architecture.
7709
252b5132
RH
7710Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements. If
7711you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and
7712want to be, let us know. Some of the history has been lost; we are not
7713intentionally leaving anyone out.
7714
793c5807
NC
7715@node GNU Free Documentation License
7716@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
c1253627 7717@include fdl.texi
cf055d54 7718
370b66a1
CD
7719@node AS Index
7720@unnumbered AS Index
252b5132
RH
7721
7722@printindex cp
7723
252b5132
RH
7724@bye
7725@c Local Variables:
7726@c fill-column: 79
7727@c End:
This page took 1.957449 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.